<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-model href="../schemas/TAN-key.rnc" type="application/relax-ng-compact-syntax"?>
<?xml-model href="../schemas/TAN-key.sch" type="application/xml" schematypens="http://purl.oclc.org/dsdl/schematron"?>
<TAN-key xmlns="tag:textalign.net,2015:ns" TAN-version="2018" id="tag:textalign.net,2015:tan-key:features">
    <head>
        <name>TAN keywords for features</name>
        <desc>This file contains in TAN-key format the core vocabulare adopted by OLiA for parts of
            speech: http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl.</desc>
        <master-location href="http://textalign.net/release/TAN-2018/TAN-key/features.TAN-key.xml"/>
        <license>
            <IRI>http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/deed.en_US</IRI>
            <name>Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License</name>
            <desc>This license is granted independent of rights and licenses associated with the
                source. </desc>
        </license>
        <licensor who="kalvesmaki"/>
        <definitions>
            <person xml:id="kalvesmaki">
                <IRI>http://viaf.org/viaf/299582703</IRI>
                <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:agent:kalvesmaki:joel</IRI>
                <name xml:lang="eng">Joel Kalvesmaki</name>
            </person>
            <algorithm xml:id="xslt1"><IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:stylesheet:convert-tan2017-to-tan2018</IRI><name>Stylesheet to populate a TAN-A-div file from collections.</name><desc>Stylesheet at: ../do%20things/convert/convert%20TAN%202017%20to%20TAN%202018.xsl</desc></algorithm>
            <role xml:id="creator">
                <IRI>http://schema.org/creator</IRI>
                <name xml:lang="eng">creator</name>
            </role>
            <role xml:id="stylesheet1" which="stylesheet"/></definitions>
        <alter>
        </alter>
        <resp roles="creator" who="kalvesmaki"/>
        <resp who="xslt1" roles="stylesheet1"/>
        <change when="2016-03-31" who="kalvesmaki">Started file</change>
        <change who="xslt1" when="2017-11-02T23:06:10.638-04:00">TAN file updated to 2018 schemas.</change>
    </head>
    <body in-progress="false" affects-element="feature">
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Abbreviation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Abbreviation</IRI>
            <name>abbreviation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Accusative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Accusative</IRI>
            <name>accusative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> In nominative-accusative languages, accusative case marks certain syntactic
                functions, usually direct objects.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsAccusativeCase.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Acronym</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Acronym</IRI>
            <name>acronym</name>
            <desc>EAGLES category Residual with Type="Acronym".</desc>
            <desc> An acronym is an abbreviation, such as NATO, laser, and ABC, written as the
                initial letter or letters of words, and pronounced on the basis of this abbreviated
                written form. Acronyms are used most often to abbreviate names of organizations and
                long or frequently referenced terms. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acronym
                19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adjectival</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adjectival</IRI>
            <name>adjectival</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Adjectival</desc>
            <desc>In MULTEXT-East a characteristic of attributive pronouns and abbreviated
                adjectives, e.g., in Ukrainian e.g., абичий/= бозна-чий/= будь-чий/= дечий/=
                хтозна-чий/= чий-будь/= чий-небудь/= чийсь/=, абичийого/абичий аби до чийого/абичий
                бозна-чийого/бозна-чий будь-чийого/будь-чий дечийого/дечий хтозна-чийого/хтозна-чий
                чийого-будь/чий-будь чийого-небудь/чий-небудь чийогось/чийсь, абичийого/абичий
                бозна-чийого/бозна-чий будь-чийого/будь-чий дечийого/дечий хтозна-чийого/хтозна-чий
                чийого-будь/чий-будь чийого-небудь/чий-небудь чийогось/чийсь, абичийому/абичий
                абичиєму/абичий абичиїм/абичий аби на чийому/абичий аби на чиєму/абичий аби на
                чиїм/абичий бозна на чийому/бозна-чий бозна на чиєму/бозна-чий бозна на
                чиїм/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий будь-чиєму/будь-чий будь-чиїм/будь-чий будь на
                чийому/будь-чий будь на чиєму/будь-чий будь на чиїм/будь-чий дечийому/дечий
                дечиєму/дечий дечиїм/дечий де на чийому/дечий де на чиєму/дечий, абичийому/абичий
                абичиєму/абичий бозна-чийому/бозна-чий бозна-чиєму/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий
                будь-чиєму/будь-чий дечийому/дечий дечиєму/дечий хтозна-чийому/хтозна-чий
                хтозна-чиєму/хтозна-чий чийому-будь/чий-будь чиєму-будь/чий-будь
                чийому-небудь/чий-небудь чиєму-небудь/чий-небудь чийомусь/чийсь чиємусь/чийсь,
                абичийому/абичий абичиєму/абичий бозна-чийому/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий
                будь-чиєму/будь-чий дечийому/дечий хтозна-чийому/хтозна-чий чийому-будь/чий-будь
                чийому-небудь/чий-небудь чийомусь/чийсь, абичию/абичий бозна-чию/бозна-чий
                будь-чию/будь-чий дечию/дечий хтозна-чию/хтозна-чий чию-будь/чий-будь
                чию-небудь/чий-небудь чиюсь/чийсь, абичия/абичий бозна-чия/бозна-чий
                будь-чия/будь-чий дечия/дечий хтозна-чия/хтозна-чий чия-будь/чий-будь
                чия-небудь/чий-небудь чиясь/чийсь, абичиє/абичий бозна-чиє/бозна-чий
                будь-чиє/будь-чий дечиє/дечий хтозна-чиє/хтозна-чий чиє-будь/чий-будь
                чиє-небудь/чий-небудь чиєсь/чийсь
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Adjectival) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Adjective (AJ).</desc>
            <desc> An Adjective is a noun-modifying expression that specifies the properties or
                attributes of the nominal referent.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAdjective.htm
                18.9.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AttributiveAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AttributiveAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective attributive</name>
            <name>attributive adjective</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Adjective with Use="Attributive". </desc>
            <desc> An attributive adjective is an adjective that qualifies or modifies a noun and
                that precedes the noun, e.g."a delicious apple", "a short letter".
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjective 18.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OrdinalAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OrdinalAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective ordinal</name>
            <name>ordinal adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1338</desc>
            <desc> Adjective expressing a numeric ranking. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1338)
                Cf. "second", "next", "last" </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective participle</name>
            <name>participle adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1598</desc>
            <desc> Adjective based on a verb. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1598) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PastParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PastParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective participle past</name>
            <name>past participle adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1596</desc>
            <desc> Adjective based on a past participle. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1596) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf participleAdjective (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PresentParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PresentParticipleAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective participle present</name>
            <name>present participle adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1597</desc>
            <desc> Adjective based on a present participle. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1597) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf participleAdjective (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessiveAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessiveAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective possessive</name>
            <name>possessive adjective</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveAdjective</desc>
            <desc>A PossessiveAdjective is an denominal adjective, often derived from a ProperNoun,
                that serves to indicate possession in most Slavic languages. Unlike a genitival
                construction, a possessive adjective shows agreement with its head noun.
                (Chiarcos)</desc>
            <desc>Adjective/Type="possessive" are denominal, not pronominal expressions of
                possession (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/09). Therefore not to be confused with
                Pronoun/Type=adjectival(a) (Bulgarian only), for words like умно /cleverly, wisely,
                sensibly/, which are derived from adjectives. (Dimitrova et al. 2009) e.g., Slovene
                dušikovima/dušikov, Marsovi/Marsov, Slovak vojvodova/vojvodov, vojvodove/vojvodov,
                vojvodovej/vojvodov, vojvodovho/vojvodov, vojvodovi/vojvodov, vojvodovmu/vojvodov,
                vojvodovo/vojvodov, vojvodovom/vojvodov, vojvodovou/vojvodov, Serbian
                evroazijske/evroazijska, evroazijskih/evroazijski, Goldštajnov, govornikov,
                Jehovine/Jehovin, malabarskom/malabarski, O'Brajenov, O'Brajenovog/O'Brajenov,
                oficirov, Czech Riegrovými/Riegrův, Stradellovými/Stradellův, Tristanovou/Tristanův,
                Wagnerových/Wagnerův, Wagnerovým/Wagnerův, Weberovi/Weberův, Weberových/Weberův,
                Wertherovi/Wertherův, Winstonovi/Winstonův
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveAdjective)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PredicativeAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PredicativeAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective predicative</name>
            <name>predicative adjective</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Adjective with Use="Predicative". </desc>
            <desc> A predicative adjective is one which functions as part of the predicate of a
                sentence. This means that it is linked to the noun by a verb, often a copula (such
                as to be). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjective 18.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QualifierAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QualifierAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective qualifier</name>
            <name>qualifier adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1477,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#QualificativeAdjective</desc>
            <desc> Adjective used to qualify. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1477) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelationalAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelationalAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective relational</name>
            <name>relational adjective</name>
            <desc>cf. OrdinalAdjective</desc>
            <desc>The Slovene adjective expresses three main ideas: quality (qualitative adjectives,
                kakovostni pridevniki), relation (relational adjectives, vrstni pridevniki) and
                possession (possessive adjectives, svojilni pridevniki). Relational adjectives
                express type, class or numerical sequence of a noun. For instance: kemijska in
                fizikalna sprememba (chemical and physical change), fotografski aparat (photographic
                device (=camera)). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_grammar)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubstantiveAdjective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubstantiveAdjective</IRI>
            <name>adjective substantive</name>
            <name>substantive adjective</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1394</desc>
            <desc> An adjective that modifies an implied, but not expressed, noun. When translating
                such an adjective into English, you must supply the missing noun.
                (www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1394) (Chiarcos: this seems to pertain to
                nominalization) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticAdjunct</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticAdjunct</IRI>
            <name>adjunct syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic adjunct</name>
            <desc> Prototypically, an optional (morpho)syntactic constituent. 'Satellites are not
                ... required by the predicate; they give optional further information pertaining to
                additional features of the SoA ..., the location of the SoA ..., the speaker's
                attitude towards or evaluation of the propositional content ..., or the character of
                the speech act...' (Dik, 1997:87)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticAdjunct) The
                category adjunct (ADJ) is assigned to those constituents that appear as optional
                additions, be it to the main verb or to a given noun. This means that they can be
                left out freely without a change in grammaticality or a significant change in
                meaning. In "John called Mary (from school) (with his cell phone)" the optional
                additions "from school" and "with his cell phone" are such optional additions that
                can be left out freely. Adjuncts are generally used to convey additional information
                about the time, place, manner, or cause of the event or situation described by the
                clause (see below). That is, they restrict the class of events/ situations described
                by the clause to a subset. If required the category ADJ can be split up into
                semantic sub-categories, that are annotated in layer semantic roles (time, location,
                etc.). (Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.3) </desc>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticAdjunct</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adjunction</IRI>
            <name>adjunction</name>
            <desc>PTB Bracketing Guidelines, Santorini (1991)</desc>
            <desc>The term \adjunction structure" refers to structures which would be represented by
                tree diagrams of the general form in (@9). The de ning characteristic of adjunction
                structures is that a node X dominates another instance of X. (Santorini 1991)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adposition</IRI>
            <name>adposition</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Adposition (AP).</desc>
            <desc> An adposition is a cover term for prepositions, postpositions and
                circumpositions. It expresses a grammatical and semantic relation to another unit
                within a clause.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAdposition.htm,
                http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adposition 19.09.06) The majority of cases of
                adpositions we have to consider in European languages are prepositions.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#SECTION00062200000000000000
                19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Adverb (AV). Skipped subconcepts ParticleAdverb and
                GeneralAdverb: ParticleAdverb is better described by the join of particles or
                adverbs rather than positing an independent category; GeneralAdverb is merely the
                complement of DegreeAdverb. </desc>
            <desc> An adverb is a part of speech that serves to modify non-nominal parts of speech,
                i.e., verbs, adjectives (including numbers), clauses, sentences and other adverbs.
                Modifiers of nouns are primarily determiners and adjectives.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adverbs 18.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdjectivalAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdjectivalAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb adjectival</name>
            <name>adjectival adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectivalAdverb</desc>
            <desc>An adjectival adverb is an adverb that is formally identical to an
                adjective.&lt;br/&gt; MULTEXT-East Adverb/Type="adjectival" (Serbian, Macedonian,
                Bulgarian)&lt;br/&gt; Bulgarian AdjectivalAdverbs have the same form as adjectives
                in Gender = neuter, Person = 3, Number = singular. (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectivalAdverb)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CausalAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CausalAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb causal</name>
            <name>causal adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CausalAdverb</desc>
            <desc>Adverb/Type="causal" is used in the Hungarian MTE v4, but no examples are
                provided. (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CausalAdverb)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DegreeAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DegreeAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb degree</name>
            <name>degree adverb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Adverb with Adverb-Type="Degree".</desc>
            <desc> Any adverb which modifies an adjective, an adverb, a verbal particle, a
                preposition, a conjunction or a determiner is a degree adverb.
                (http://xlex.uni-muenster.de/Portal/MTPE/tagsetDescriptionEN.doc, p. 113, 8.1 Degree
                Adverbs 23.09.06) Also known as specifier adverb
                (http://www.unlweb.net/unlarium/dictionary/export_tagset.php) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DemonstrativeAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DemonstrativeAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb demonstrative</name>
            <name>demonstrative adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#AdverbialDemonstrative,
                http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#DistalDemonstrativeAdverb</desc>
            <desc> Pronominal adverb derived from a demonstrative stem (Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExclamatoryAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExclamatoryAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb exclamatory</name>
            <name>exclamatory adverb</name>
            <desc> EAGLES WHAdverb with Wh-Type="Exclamatory". </desc>
            <desc> An ExclamatoryAdverb seves to express exclamation, cf. how in "How well everyone
                played!" Exclamative sentences or exclamatives An exclamatory sentence or
                exclamation is generally a more emphatic form of statement, in particular, they are
                used are used to express strong feelings (Latin exclamare : "to call out, to cry
                out"). (http://english.unitecnology.ac.nz/resources/resources/exp_lang/sentence.html
                07.05.07, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sentence_(linguistics) 07.05.07) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativeAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativeAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative adverb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Adverb with Wh-Type="Interrogative".</desc>
            <desc> Interrogative adverbs are used to introduce questions, e.g. "When are you
                coming?" (Angelika Adam) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LocationAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LocationAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb location</name>
            <name>location adverb</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#LocationAdverb</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MannerAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MannerAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb manner</name>
            <name>manner adverb</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#MannerAdverb</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ModifierAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ModifierAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb modifier</name>
            <name>modifier adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ModifierAdverb</desc>
            <desc>Adverb/Type="modifier" is used in the English, Romanian and Hungarian MTE v4
                specs. For Romanian, Adverb/Type="modifier" applies to adverbs which can have
                predicative role, that is they can govern a subordinate sentence (ex. Fireşte că o
                ştiu -- Certainly I know it). Here (for uniformity within a multilingual
                environment), they are squeezed into the modifier class. (MTE v4) e.g., better (en)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ModifierAdverb) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NegativeAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NegativeAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb negative</name>
            <name>negative adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeAdverb</desc>
            <desc>to be modelled as SemanticRole (cf. CausalAdverb) ?</desc>
            <desc>Adverb/Type="negative" are used in the Serbian and Romanian MTE v4 specs, e.g.,
                for Romanian nicăieri - nowhere, niciodată - never. (MTE v4)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeAdverb)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PronominalAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PronominalAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb pronominal</name>
            <name>pronominal adverb</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Adverb with Adverb-Type="Pronominal". Against the EAGLES definition given
                below, pronominal adverbs can but don't have to be used for pronominal references,
                thus this special and diachronically important case is better described by the join
                of this with personal pronoun. </desc>
            <desc> Pronominal adverbs substitute for a preposition (which is incorporated into them)
                and an NP, cf. English therefore lit. "for this (reason, ...)", German deswegen lit.
                "because of this (reason, ...)". (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/elm_de/node235.html
                21.09.06, examples Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb relative</name>
            <name>relative adverb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Adverb with Wh-Type="Relative".</desc>
            <desc> The value relative is used for adverbs in clear relative cases as in: "The place
                'where' I met you.", "The reason 'why' I did it."
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/pub/eagles/lexicons/elm_en.ps.gz, p.33, 07.05.07)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalAdverb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalAdverb</IRI>
            <name>adverb verbal</name>
            <name>verbal adverb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalAdverb</desc>
            <desc> Adverb/Type="verbal" applies to adverbs derived from from verbs (verbal adverbs)
                in the Serbian, Macedonian and Hungarian MTE v4 specs. Macedonian verbal adverbs
                (gerunds) like odejkji are thus not considered as verbal forms, but as
                Adverb/Type="verbal". (MTE v4)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalAdverb)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Adverbial</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Adverbial</IRI>
            <name>adverbial</name>
            <desc>Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>-ADV (adverbial) — marks a constituent other than ADVP or PP when it is used
                adverbially (e.g., NPs or free (“headless”) relatives). However, constituents that
                themselves are modifying an ADVP generally do not get -ADV. (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHTypeAdverbs</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHTypeAdverbs</IRI>
            <name>adverbs whtype</name>
            <name>whtype adverbs</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to WHTypeAdverb</desc>
            <desc>EAGLES Adverb with Polarity="Wh-type".</desc>
            <desc>See remarks on WHPronoun, this is actually a language-specific trait and should
                probably be removed.</desc>
            <desc> Adverb that serves to express interrogativity, exclamation or that serves to link
                a subordinate clause to the matrix clause. (Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Affix</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Affix</IRI>
            <name>affix</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1234</desc>
            <desc> Letter or group of letters which are added to a word to make a new word. (Sue
                Ellen Wright; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1234) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NotTemporallyAnchored</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NotTemporallyAnchored</IRI>
            <name>anchored temporally not</name>
            <name>not temporally anchored</name>
            <desc> A replacement for TDS Habitual that is modelled here as an Aspect: Habitual tense
                pertains to verbs which refer to an action that occurs repeatedly.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense) </desc>
            <desc> To be used for actions that are not bound to a particular reference point.
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OtherAnimacy</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OtherAnimacy</IRI>
            <name>animacy other</name>
            <name>other animacy</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1953</desc>
            <desc> Perceived as related to animacy, but without specific reference to the previous
                items. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1953) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Animate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Animate</IRI>
            <name>animate</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1911</desc>
            <desc> Perceived as alive. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1911) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#UnitOfAnnotation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:UnitOfAnnotation</IRI>
            <name>annotation of unit</name>
            <name>unit of annotation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Anticausative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Anticausative</IRI>
            <name>anticausative</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Anticausative This is a semantic manipulation of
                the verb frame (and thus limited to a specific semantic class of verbs) rather than
                a grammatical device for the manipulation of argument structure, therefore
                classified as Active here. </desc>
            <desc> An intransitive verb is derived from a basically transitive one with the direct
                object of the transitive verb corresponding to the subject of the intransitive.
                (Siewierska 1988:267) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Anticausative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Antipassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Antipassive</IRI>
            <name>antipassive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Antipassive</desc>
            <desc> Derives an intransitive verb from a transitive stem whereby the original agent
                (only) is cross-referrenced by the absolutive markers on the verb and the original
                patient, if it appears, is in an oblique phrase. (England 1983:110)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Antipassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbsolutiveAntipassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbsolutiveAntipassive</IRI>
            <name>antipassive absolutive</name>
            <name>absolutive antipassive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AbsolutiveAntipassive</desc>
            <desc> An Antipassive in which the P or logical object is suppressed or overtly absent.
                (Klaiman 1991:232) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AbsolutiveAntipassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FocusAntipassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FocusAntipassive</IRI>
            <name>antipassive focus</name>
            <name>focus antipassive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FocusAntipassive</desc>
            <desc> Blocks the P or logical object (basic absolutive) nominal from being assigned
                Focus salience. Topic salience is available for assignment to various arguments,
                including the P, but Focus salience is always assigned to A, and is therefore
                inaccessible to P or any other nominal. (Klaiman 1991:236)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FocusAntipassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IncorporatingAntipassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IncorporatingAntipassive</IRI>
            <name>antipassive incorporating</name>
            <name>incorporating antipassive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/IncorporatingAntipassive</desc>
            <desc> Blocks the P or logical object (basic absolutive) nominal from being assigned
                Focus salience. This correlates with the P's morphosyntactic downgrading, whereby it
                becomes insusceptible to any informational salience assignment. (Klaiman 1991:236)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/IncorporatingAntipassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonabsolutiveAntipassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonabsolutiveAntipassive</IRI>
            <name>antipassive nonabsolutive</name>
            <name>nonabsolutive antipassive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonabsolutiveAntipassive</desc>
            <desc> An Antipassive in which the P or logical object is overtly downgraded. (Klaiman
                1991:232) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonabsolutiveAntipassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Aorist</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Aorist</IRI>
            <name>aorist</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1240</desc>
            <desc> Simple past tense that is predominantly used for narration. Both the perfective
                and the imperfective forms can be used in the aorist without any restrictions.
                (www.helsinki.fi/~bontchev/grammar/index.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1240)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Apocope</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Apocope</IRI>
            <name>apocope</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2254</desc>
            <desc> deletion of the final element in a word (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2254)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Apposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Apposition</IRI>
            <name>apposition</name>
            <desc>Apposition is a relation between two phrases: (1) the nucleus phrase and (2) an
                appositive phrase, generally set o by punctuation, which modi es the nucleus phrase.
                An example of apposition is given in (@11). (11) Ryukichi Imai, Japan’s ambassador
                to Mexico, agrees that Mexico may be too eager. Here, Ryukichi Imai is the nucleus
                phrase, and the phrase enclosed in commas, Japan’s ambassador to Mexico, is the
                appositive. Instances of apposition should be represented as adjunction structures
                (see Section 3.1). (Santorini 1991)</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER, definition according to PTB Bracketing Guidelines
                (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExpletiveArgument</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExpletiveArgument</IRI>
            <name>argument expletive</name>
            <name>expletive argument</name>
            <desc> Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es] are
                traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
                correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es
                (structural expletive) (cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)). ... The formal
                subject obligatorily occurs with weather verbs, e.g. "Es regnet" and unpersonal or
                agentless constructions such as "Es gibt so eine Buchung" or "Es geht um populäre
                Unterhaltung." Some verbs optionally permit an expletive subject but also occur with
                referential subjects such as "Max/Es kopft an der Tür." A formal object is found in
                constructions like "jmd. legt es an auf etw." or "jmd. verdirbt es mit jmdm." In all
                examples mentioned, es functions as a grammatical argument without semantic
                contribution, i.e. it does not refer to a person, object, or event. (Telljohann et
                al. 2009, p.60f) </desc>
            <desc> TüBa-D/Z </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MeasureArgument</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MeasureArgument</IRI>
            <name>argument measure</name>
            <name>measure argument</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check definition</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticArgument</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticArgument</IRI>
            <name>argument syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic argument</name>
            <desc> added to account for TIGER edge labels with syntactic function </desc>
            <desc> An inherent (morpho)syntactic constituent subcategorized for by a
                predicate.&lt;br/&gt; 'Arguments are those terms which are required by some
                predicate in order to form a complete nuclear predication. They are essential to the
                integrity of the SoA designated by the predicate frame. If we leave them out, the
                property/relation designated by the predicate is not fulfilled or satisfied.' (Dik,
                1997:86f)&lt;br/&gt; An argument can be a controller in an agreement relation.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticArgument)&lt;br/&gt;
                The category ARG is assigned to those syntactic constituents that appear as
                obligatory complements to the main verb. This means that they cannot be left out
                without a change in grammaticality or a significant change in meaning. (Dipper et
                al. 2007, §4.3.3) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FusedPrepArt</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FusedPrepArt</IRI>
            <name>art prep fused</name>
            <name>fused prep art</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Adposition with Type="FusedPrepArt"</desc>
            <desc> The additional value Fused prep-art is for the benefit of those who do not find
                it practical to split fused words such as French au (= à + le) into two text words.
                This very common phenomenon of a fused preposition + article in West European
                languages should preferably, however, be handled by assigning two tags to the same
                orthographic word (one for the preposition and one for the article).
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1ap 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Article</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Article</IRI>
            <name>article</name>
            <desc> EAGLE top-level category "Article" (AT): In Eagles articles are subsumed under
                determiners and kept as a separate class. It is a sub-class of determiners which is
                disjoint with the other determiner classes.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recn 18.09.06) Modelled here as
                sub-class of Determiner because of its syntactic function. </desc>
            <desc> An article is a member of a small class of determiners that identify a noun's
                definite or indefinite reference, and the new or given status.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnArticle.htm
                02.05.07) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <name>article definite</name>
            <name>definite article</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Definite".</desc>
            <desc> A definite article is used before singular and plural nouns that refer to a
                particular member of a group. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_%28grammar%29
                18.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CliticDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CliticDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <name>article definite clitic</name>
            <name>clitic definite article</name>
            <desc>cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDistalDeterminer</desc>
            <desc> clitic definite determiner, e.g., in Macedonian, Bulgarian, and Romanian
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDeterminerType) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FullDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FullDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <name>article definite full</name>
            <name>full definite article</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1928</desc>
            <desc> For definiteness, when a specific form is the syntactic subject of the clause.
                (DFKI; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1928) </desc>
            <desc>DCR: "full article" in dcif:conceptualDomain definiteness, remodelled as a
                property of DefiniteArticles here</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ShortDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ShortDefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <name>article definite short</name>
            <name>short definite article</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1927 (short article)</desc>
            <desc> For definiteness, when a specific form is not the syntactic subject of the
                clause. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1927) </desc>
            <desc>DCR: subClassOf definiteness (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndefiniteArticle</IRI>
            <name>article indefinite</name>
            <name>indefinite article</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Indefinite".</desc>
            <desc> An indefinite article is used before singular nouns that refer to any member of a
                group. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_%28grammar%29 18.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonspecificArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonspecificArticle</IRI>
            <name>article nonspecific</name>
            <name>nonspecific article</name>
            <desc>introduced in analogy with SpecificArticle</desc>
            <desc> "By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the two
                readings of English indefinites like (3): (3) Iʼm looking for a deer. In the
                specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am looking for. In
                the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer. Von Heusinger (2002)
                likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the ʻaʼ to fix the specific
                reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being introduced as a new discourse
                referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which requires a previous pragmatic
                instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ In English both the readings of (3)
                are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific demonstratives are neither definite nor
                indefinite." (Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII.
                The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425.
                University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific
                vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language,
                http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PartitiveArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PartitiveArticle</IRI>
            <name>article partitive</name>
            <name>partitive article</name>
            <desc>TODO: Check relationship with PartitiveDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Partitive". (optional for French)</desc>
            <desc> A partitive article indicates an indefinite quantity of a mass noun; there is no
                partitive article in English, though the words some or any often have that function.
                An example is French du / de la / des, as in Voulez-vous du café? ("Do you want some
                coffee?" or "Do you want coffee"). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_(grammar)
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessiveArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessiveArticle</IRI>
            <name>article possessive</name>
            <name>possessive article</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveArticle</desc>
            <desc>not to be confused with PoessiveDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>In Romanian, the possessive article (also called genitival article) is an element
                in the structure of the possessive pronoun, of the ordinal numeral (e.g. al meu
                (mine) and al treilea (the third)), and of the indefinite genitive forms of the
                nouns (e.g. capitol al cărţii (chapter of the book)), e.g., -al/al, a/al, ai/al, al,
                ale/al, alor/al (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveArticle)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SpecificArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SpecificArticle</IRI>
            <name>article specific</name>
            <name>specific article</name>
            <desc>introduced to account for the specific determiner in Farsi
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer)</desc>
            <desc> "By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the two
                readings of English indefinites like (3): (3) Iʼm looking for a deer. In the
                specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am looking for. In
                the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer. Von Heusinger (2002)
                likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the ʻaʼ to fix the specific
                reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being introduced as a new discourse
                referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which requires a previous pragmatic
                instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ In English both the readings of (3)
                are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific demonstratives are neither definite nor
                indefinite." (Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII.
                The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425.
                University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific
                vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language,
                http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CliticSpecificArticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CliticSpecificArticle</IRI>
            <name>article specific clitic</name>
            <name>clitic specific article</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer</desc>
            <desc> Persian does have an article, but it marks specificity rather than definiteness.
                The Persian article is similar to the Balkan one (a clitic of pronominal origin
                that's written together with the word), except that it isn't exactly definite (you
                can even see it described as an indefinite article). (Ivan A. Derzhanski, p.c.
                2010/06/18) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CessativeAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CessativeAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect cessative</name>
            <name>cessative aspect</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2001</desc>
            <desc> Aspect that expresses the cessation of an event or state. (SIL;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2001) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf aspect (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ContinuousAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ContinuousAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect continuous</name>
            <name>continuous aspect</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Continuous </desc>
            <desc> Similar to progressive, however an aspect is continuous versus progressive when
                it is anchored to non-punctual time reference (Salaberry 2002:264).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Continuous) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DurativeAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DurativeAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect durative</name>
            <name>durative aspect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Durative</desc>
            <desc> Events which involve some duration (Bhat 1999:58).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Durative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DynamicAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DynamicAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect dynamic</name>
            <name>dynamic aspect</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#dynamicityAspect</desc>
            <desc> dynamic aspect
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#dynamicityAspect)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FrequentiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FrequentiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect frequentive</name>
            <name>frequentive aspect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Frequentive</desc>
            <desc> Events which are frequently repeated, differs from habitual in that it can only
                be based upon the observation of several occurrences of the event concerned, whereas
                habitual can be based upon the observation of a single occurrence (Bhat 1999: 53).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Frequentive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HabitualAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HabitualAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect habitual</name>
            <name>habitual aspect</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Habitual (as Aspect),
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense (as
                Tense), modelled as an aspect here (temporally unmarked Habitual should be modelled
                as NotTemporallyAnchored) </desc>
            <desc> Habitual tense pertains to verbs which refer to an action that occurs repeatedly.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense) Refers
                to the internal temporal contour of a situation — a repeated situation that occupies
                a large slice of time. Can be based on the observation of a single occurrence. (Bhat
                1999:177) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Habitual) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImperfectiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImperfectiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect imperfective</name>
            <name>imperfective aspect</name>
            <desc> EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperfectiveAspect,
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Imperfective </desc>
            <desc> The Imperfective aspect is an aspect that expresses an event or state, with
                respect to its internal structure, instead of expressing it as a simple whole.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsImperfectiveAspect.htm
                17.11.06) The imperfective aspects ... do not view the situation as bounded, but
                rather as ongoing in either a durative, continuative or habitual sense (Bybee
                1985:21)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperfectiveAspect) A
                viewpoint aspect which encodes the speaker’s lack of attention to the endpoints of
                the situation referred to. Imperfective aspect is the prototypical mode of
                presentation for states (Michaelis 1998:xiv).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Imperfective) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InceptiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InceptiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect inceptive</name>
            <name>inceptive aspect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inceptive</desc>
            <desc> InceptiveAspect, also called the ingressive, encodes the beginning portion of
                some event (Bybee 1985: 147, 149; Payne 1997: 240; Bhat 1999:176).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inceptive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IterativeAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IterativeAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect iterative</name>
            <name>iterative aspect</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Iterative </desc>
            <desc> IterativeAspect, also called repetitives, encodes a number of events of the same
                type that are repeated on a particular occasion. The time interval which is relevant
                to the iterative is relatively shorter than in the case of the habitual (Bybee 1985:
                150; Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca 1994: 127). Portrays events repeated on the same
                occasion (like the iterative knocking on the door) (Bhat 1999: 53)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Iterative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PerfectiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PerfectiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect perfective</name>
            <name>perfective aspect</name>
            <desc> EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perfective </desc>
            <desc> The perfective aspects (inceptive, punctual and completive) view the situation as
                a bounded entity, and often put an emphasis on its beginning or end. (Bybee 1985:21)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#perfectiveAspect) The
                Perfective aspect is an aspect that expresses a temporal view of an event or state
                as a simple whole, apart from the consideration of the internal structure of the
                time in which it occurs.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsPerfectiveAspect.htm
                17.11.06) A viewpoint aspect which encodes the speaker’s willingness to attend to
                the endpoints of the situation referred to. Perfective aspect is the canonical mode
                of presentation for events (Michaelis 1998: xv).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perfective) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PhasalAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PhasalAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect phasal</name>
            <name>phasal aspect</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#phaseAspect,
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phasal </desc>
            <desc> A set of aspectual distinctions involving relations between a background
                situation (the reference situation) and a situation located relative to the
                reference situation (the denoted situation). In English, phasal distinctions are
                expressed by auxiliary-headed constructions, like the inceptive, progressive, and
                perfect constructions, whose head verbs express the aspectual class of the denoted
                situation. The aspectual class of the denoted situation differs from that of the
                reference situation (Michaelis 1998:xv). An event may have a beginning and an end, a
                middle portion (continuing or changing), and also an ensuing result or an altered
                state. These are considered to be the various “phases‽ of an event. A speaker may
                talk about an event from the point of view of any of these individual phases, and
                his language may have inflectional (or other type of) markers for representing these
                distinctions. Since such markers indicate distinctions in the temporal structure of
                an event, we may regard them as belonging to the category of aspect. It has been
                suggested (Dik 1989: 186) that these may be grouped under a subcategory (or “level")
                of aspect called “phasal aspect". (Bhat 1999:49)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phasal) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProgressiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProgressiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect progressive</name>
            <name>progressive aspect</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Progressive </desc>
            <desc> ProgressiveAspect, also called the continuative or the durative, encodes a single
                event as an ongoing process. Thus, states cannot generally be encoded with the
                progressive (Comrie 1976: 32-35; Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca 1994: 127-139; Payne
                1997: 240). An exponent of phasal aspect which expresses a stative situation that
                holds during the time at which an event is occurring (e. g., He is fixing the fence)
                (Michaelis 1998:xv). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Progressive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PurposiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PurposiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect purposive</name>
            <name>purposive aspect</name>
            <desc>adapted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages),
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PurposiveAspect</desc>
            <desc>The purposive aspect appears to add the notion of intention or probability, both
                negative and positive. (Steckley, 2007, p. 14, about Huron) (John Steckley, 2007,
                Words of the Huron, Wilfrid Laurier Univ. Press) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuantificationalAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuantificationalAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect quantificational</name>
            <name>quantificational aspect</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Quantificational,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#quantitativeAspect </desc>
            <desc> A speaker may report an event as occurring once only (semelfactive) or several
                times (iterative); he may view it as a specific event or as part of a general habit
                of carrying out similar events; he may also differentiate between different degrees
                of frequency with which the event occurs. The markers that a given language provides
                for one or more of these meaning distinctions can be grouped under a subcategory
                called “quantificational aspect", as all of them refer to the quantitative aspect of
                the event concerned (Bhat 1999:53).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Quantificational) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelevanceAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelevanceAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect relevance</name>
            <name>relevance aspect</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relevanceAspect</desc>
            <desc> relevance aspect
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relevanceAspect)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SemelfactiveAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SemelfactiveAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect semelfactive</name>
            <name>semelfactive aspect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Semelfactive</desc>
            <desc> Momentaneous, without an inherent end-point, as sneeze (Michaelis 1998:xvi).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Semelfactive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SimpleAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SimpleAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect simple</name>
            <name>simple aspect</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#SimpleAspect</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check whether this is properly defined</desc>
            <desc>non-progressive, non-purposive aspect (for Indian languages defined by
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#SimpleAspect)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TerminativeAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TerminativeAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect terminative</name>
            <name>terminative aspect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Terminative</desc>
            <desc> Denotes the termination of an event (Bhat 1999: 92).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Terminative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#UnaccomplishedAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:UnaccomplishedAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect unaccomplished</name>
            <name>unaccomplished aspect</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2217</desc>
            <desc> aspect that expresses an event or state that is not finished.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2217) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf aspect (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PointOfViewAspect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PointOfViewAspect</IRI>
            <name>aspect view of point</name>
            <name>point of view aspect</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#viewPointAspect</desc>
            <desc> point of view aspect
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#viewPointAspect)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Atransitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Atransitive</IRI>
            <name>atransitive</name>
            <desc>Chiarcos</desc>
            <desc> A predicate/verb that takes no argument. English "to rain" is semantically
                atransitive, hence, an expletive is to be used in "it's raining", cf. van Valin and
                Lapolla (1997). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GenitiveAttribute</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GenitiveAttribute</IRI>
            <name>attribute genitive</name>
            <name>genitive attribute</name>
            <desc>added in conformance to the TIGER scheme</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check definition</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance to the TIGER scheme</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BeAuxiliary</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BeAuxiliary</IRI>
            <name>auxiliary be</name>
            <name>be auxiliary</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1246</desc>
            <desc> Verb used to link the subject of a sentence and its noun or adjective complement
                or complementing phrase in certain languages. This verb could be used also to form
                the passive voice. (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=be -&gt; 4);
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1246) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HaveAuxiliary</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HaveAuxiliary</IRI>
            <name>auxiliary have</name>
            <name>have auxiliary</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1299</desc>
            <desc> The verb have as an auxiliary.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAuxiliaryVerb.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1299) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseAngleBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseAngleBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket angle close</name>
            <name>close angle bracket</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>&gt; *RAB* Right angle bracket (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OpenAngleBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OpenAngleBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket angle open</name>
            <name>open angle bracket</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>&lt; *LAB* Left angle bracket (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket close</name>
            <name>close bracket</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2083</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is graphically represented by ]
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2083) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseCurlyBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseCurlyBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket curly close</name>
            <name>close curly bracket</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2085</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is graphically represented by }
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2085) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OpenCurlyBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OpenCurlyBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket curly open</name>
            <name>open curly bracket</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2084</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is graphically represented as {
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2084) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OpenBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OpenBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket open</name>
            <name>open bracket</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2082</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is represented graphically as [
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2082) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LeftSentenceBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LeftSentenceBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket sentence left</name>
            <name>left sentence bracket</name>
            <desc> In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions:
                verb-second, verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb
                complex consisting of the finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit.
                The discontinuous positioning of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second
                clauses is the traditional reason for structuring German clauses into fields. The
                positions of the verbal elements form the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which
                divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial field), a Mittelfeld (middle field),
                and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the Mittelfeld are divided by the
                linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite verb, the rechte
                Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the Mittelfeld and
                the Nachfeld. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseSquareBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseSquareBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket square close</name>
            <name>close square bracket</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>] *RSB* Right square bracket (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OpenSquareBracket</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OpenSquareBracket</IRI>
            <name>bracket square open</name>
            <name>open square bracket</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>[ *LSB* Left square bracket (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Bullet</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Bullet</IRI>
            <name>bullet</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438</desc>
            <desc> Sign used to mark an item in a list. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbessiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbessiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case abessive</name>
            <name>abessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Abessive,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1223</desc>
            <desc> AbessiveCase expresses the lack or absence of the referent of the noun it marks.
                It has the meaning of the English preposition 'without' (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 3,35;
                Gove, et al. 1966: 3). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Abessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AblativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AblativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case ablative</name>
            <name>ablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Ablative,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1224</desc>
            <desc> Case used to indicate locative or instrumental function.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1224) AblativeCase expresses that the referent of
                the noun it marks is the location from which another referent is moving. It has the
                meaning 'from'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Ablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbsolutiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbsolutiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case absolutive</name>
            <name>absolutive case</name>
            <desc>TDS Ontology, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1225</desc>
            <desc> Absolutive case marks the first argument of an intransitive verb and the second
                argument of a transitive verb in ergative-absolutive languages.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absolutiveCase)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdessiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdessiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case adessive</name>
            <name>adessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Adessive,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1228</desc>
            <desc> AdessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                near/at which another referent exists. It has the meaning of 'at' or 'near' (Crystal
                1997: 8). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Adessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AditiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AditiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case aditive</name>
            <name>aditive case</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to AdditiveCase</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1229</desc>
            <desc>Case expressing "to" in Basque studies.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1229)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AllativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AllativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case allative</name>
            <name>allative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Allative;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1236</desc>
            <desc> AllativeCase expresses motion to or toward the referent of the noun it marks (Pei
                and Gaynor 1954: 6,9,216; Lyons 1968: 299; Crystal 1985: 1213; Gove, et al. 1966:
                55,2359). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Allative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BenefactiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BenefactiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case benefactive</name>
            <name>benefactive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Benefactive;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1247</desc>
            <desc> BenefactiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks receives the
                benefit of the situation expressed by the clause (Crystal 1980: 43; Gove, et al.
                1966: 203). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Benefactive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CausativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CausativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case causative</name>
            <name>causative case</name>
            <desc> Case which expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the cause of the
                situation expressed by the clause. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1253) </desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1253</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ComitativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ComitativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case comitative</name>
            <name>comitative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1255</desc>
            <desc> ComitativeCase expresses accompaniment. It carries the meaning 'with' or
                'accompanied by' (Anderson, Stephen 1985: 186; Pei and Gaynor 1954: 42;Dixon, R.
                1972: 12; Gove, et al. 1966: 455). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ContablativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ContablativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case contablative</name>
            <name>contablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contablative</desc>
            <desc> ContablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                from near which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'from near'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ContallativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ContallativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case contallative</name>
            <name>contallative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contallative</desc>
            <desc> ContallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the vicinity of the
                referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'towards the vicinity of'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contallative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConterminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConterminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case conterminative</name>
            <name>conterminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Conterminative</desc>
            <desc> ConterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into the vicinity of
                the referent of the noun it marks, but not through that region. It has the meaning
                'moving into the vicinity of'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Conterminative)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ContlativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ContlativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case contlative</name>
            <name>contlative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contlative</desc>
            <desc> ContlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                in the vicinity of which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'in the
                vicinity of'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contlative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case dative</name>
            <name>dative case</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Dative case marks indirect objects (for languages in which they are held to
                exist), or nouns having the role of a recipient (as of things given), a beneficiary
                of an action, or a possessor of an item.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsDativeCase.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DelativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DelativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case delative</name>
            <name>delative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Delative,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1268</desc>
            <desc> DelativeCase expresses motion downward from the referent of the noun it marks
                (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 53; Gove, et al. 1966: 595).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Delative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectCase</IRI>
            <name>case direct</name>
            <name>direct case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DirectCase</desc>
            <desc> In the Romanian case system the value 'direct' conflates 'nominative' and
                'accusative', e.g., -acea/acel, -aceasta/acesta, -această/acest
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DirectCase) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DistributiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DistributiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case distributive</name>
            <name>distributive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DistributiveCase</desc>
            <desc> The distributive case is used on nouns for the meanings of per or each, e.g.,
                Hungarian egyenként/egy, hetenként/hét, ilyenként/ily, kéthetenként/kéthét,
                rekordonként/rekord, tömbönként/tömb, vércsoportonként/vércsoport In Hungarian it is
                -nként and expresses the manner when something happens to each member of a set one
                by one (e.g., fejenként "per head", esetenként "in some case"), or the frequency in
                time (hetenként "once a week", tízpercenként "every ten minutes"). In the Finnish
                language, this adverb type is rare, even rarer in the singular. Its ending is
                -ttain/-ttäin. The basic meaning is "separately for each". For example, maa
                ("country") becomes maittain for an expression like Laki ratifioidaan maittain ("The
                law is ratified separately in each country"). It can be used to distribute the
                action to frequent points in time, e.g., päivä (day) has the plural distributive
                päivittäin (each day). It can mean also "in (or with) regard to the (cultural)
                perspective" when combined with a word referring to an inhabitant (-lais-).
                Frequently Finns (suomalaiset) say that suomalaisittain tuntuu oudolta, että, or "in
                the Finnish perspective, it feels strange that".
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DistributiveCase,
                http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributive_case) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ElativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ElativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case elative</name>
            <name>elative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Elative, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1276,
                note that the latter conflates ElativeDegree and ElativeCase</desc>
            <desc> ElativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location out
                of which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'out of' (Lyons 1968: 299;
                Pei and Gaynor 1954: 64; Crystal 1985: 106; Gove, et al. 1966: 730).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Elative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EquativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EquativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case equative</name>
            <name>equative case</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1279</desc>
            <desc> Case that expresses likeness or identity to the referent of the noun it marks. It
                can have meaning, such as: 'as', 'like', or 'in the capacity of'.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1279) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ErgativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ErgativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case ergative</name>
            <name>ergative case</name>
            <desc>TDS Ontology</desc>
            <desc> In ergative-absolutive languages, the ergative case identifies the subject of a
                transitive verb. In such languages, the ergative case is typically marked (most
                salient), while the absolutive case is unmarked.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#ergativeCase with
                reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ergative_case). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EssiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EssiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case essive</name>
            <name>essive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Essive,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1281</desc>
            <desc> EssiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location at
                which another referent exists (Lyons 1968: 299,301; Gove, et al. 1966: 778; Crystal
                1985: 112; Blake 1994: 154-5). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Essive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FactiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FactiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case factive</name>
            <name>factive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FactiveCase</desc>
            <desc>case category of the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, e.g., amilyenné/amilyen,
                azzá/az, erőddé/erő, jelmezeivé/jelmez, jelükké/jel, kevéssé/kevés, Kissé/Kiss,
                legjelentéktelenebbekké/jelentéktelen (hu)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FactiveCase)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FormalCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FormalCase</IRI>
            <name>case formal</name>
            <name>formal case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FormalCase</desc>
            <desc>In Hungarian, `essive-formal' is in some descriptions simply called `formal', with
                the affix _-képp(en)_ and meaning (`in the form of ...', they probably meant when
                they came up with the term). In the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, essive-formal and
                formal are distinguished. (Ivan A. Derzhanski, email 2010/06/15,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FormalCase)&lt;br/&gt; </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EssiveFormalCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EssiveFormalCase</IRI>
            <name>case formal essive</name>
            <name>essive formal case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EssiveFormalCase</desc>
            <desc> The Hungarian "formativus, or essivus-formalis `-ként' ... usually expresses a
                position, task and manner of the person or the thing." (Nose 2003), e.g., Hungarian
                'katonaként' -&gt; [serves] as a soldier. (Csaba Oravecz, email
                2010/06/15)&lt;br/&gt;&lt;br/&gt; "Haspelmath &amp; Buchholz (1998:321) explained
                the function of the essive case as ``role phrases''. Role phrases represent the role
                of the function in which a participant appears. They regard the role phrases as
                adverbial." (Nose 2003, p. 117)&lt;br/&gt; In the Hungarian language this case
                combines the Essive case and the Formal case, and it can express the position, task,
                state (e.g. "as a tourist"), or the manner (e.g. "like a hunted animal"). The status
                of the suffix -ként in the declension system is disputed for several reasons. First,
                in general, Hungarian case suffixes are absolute word-final, while -ként permits
                further suffixation by the locative suffix -i. Second, most Hungarian case endings
                participate in vowel harmony, while -ként does not. For these reasons, many modern
                analyses of the Hungarian case system, starting with László Antal's "A magyar
                esetrendszer" (1961) do not consider the essive/formal to be a case.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Essive-formal_case)&lt;br/&gt; cf. Masahiko Nose
                (2003), Adverbial Usage of the Hungarian Essive Case</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GenitiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GenitiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case genitive</name>
            <name>genitive case</name>
            <desc>EAGLES-recommended case feature</desc>
            <desc> Genitive case signals that the referent of the marked noun is the possessor of
                the referent of another noun, e.g. "the man's foot". In some languages, genitive
                case may express an associative relation between the marked noun and another noun.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsGenitiveCase.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IllativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IllativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case illative</name>
            <name>illative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Illative;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1303</desc>
            <desc> IllativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                into which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'into' (Lyons 1968: 299;
                Gove, et al. 1966: 1126; Crystal 1985: 152).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Illative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InablativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InablativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case inablative</name>
            <name>inablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inablative</desc>
            <desc> InablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                from within which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'from within'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InallativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InallativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case inallative</name>
            <name>inallative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inallative</desc>
            <desc> InallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region that is
                inside the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'towards in(side)'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inallative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InessiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InessiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case inessive</name>
            <name>inessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inessive,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1311</desc>
            <desc> InessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                within which another referent exists. It has the meaning of 'within' or 'inside'
                (Lyons 1968: 299; Gove, et al. 1966: 1156; Crystal 1985: 156). X in Y.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InstrumentalCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InstrumentalCase</IRI>
            <name>case instrumental</name>
            <name>instrumental case</name>
            <desc> TDS Ontology,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#instrumentalCase-grammatical;
                GOLD, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Instrumental;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1316 </desc>
            <desc> InstrumentalCase indicates that the referent of the noun it marks is the means of
                the accomplishment of the action expressed by the clause
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Instrumental) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterablativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterablativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case interablative</name>
            <name>interablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interablative</desc>
            <desc> InterablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the
                location from between which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'from
                inbetween'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterallativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterallativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case interallative</name>
            <name>interallative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interallative</desc>
            <desc> InterallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region that is in
                the middle of the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'towards the
                middle of'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interallative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InteressiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InteressiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case interessive</name>
            <name>interessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interessive</desc>
            <desc> InteressiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                between which another referent exists. It has the meaning of 'between'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterlativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterlativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case interlative</name>
            <name>interlative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interlative</desc>
            <desc> InterlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                between which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'to the middle of'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interlative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case interminative</name>
            <name>interminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative</desc>
            <desc> 'into in(side of)'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterterminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterterminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case interterminative</name>
            <name>interterminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative</desc>
            <desc> InterterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into the middle of
                the referent of the noun it marks, but not through it. It has the meaning 'into the
                middle of'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IntertranslativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IntertranslativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case intertranslative</name>
            <name>intertranslative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intertranslative</desc>
            <desc> IntertranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along a trajectory
                between the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along the in between.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intertranslative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IntranslativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IntranslativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case intranslative</name>
            <name>intranslative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intranslative</desc>
            <desc> IntranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving through the referent
                of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along through'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intranslative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case lative</name>
            <name>lative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Lative;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1323</desc>
            <desc> LativeCase expresses 'motion up to the location of,' or 'as far as' the referent
                of the noun it marks (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 121; Gove, et al. 1966: 1277).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Lative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LocationalCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LocationalCase</IRI>
            <name>case locational</name>
            <name>locational case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Locational</desc>
            <desc> Category of case that denotes that the referent of the noun it marks is a
                location. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Locational) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LocativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LocativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case locative</name>
            <name>locative case</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326</desc>
            <desc> Case that indicates a final location of action or a time of the action.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MalefactiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MalefactiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case malefactive</name>
            <name>malefactive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Malefactive</desc>
            <desc> Opposite of BenefactiveCase; used when the marked noun is negatively affected in
                the clause. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Malefactive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MultiplicativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MultiplicativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case multiplicative</name>
            <name>multiplicative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultiplicativeCase</desc>
            <desc>A case used in the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, e.g.,
                tizennegyedszer/tizennegyed, tucatszor/tucat, tízezredszer/tízezred (hu)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultiplicativeCase)</desc>
            <desc> The multiplicative case is a grammatical case used for marking a number of
                something ("three times"). The case is found in the Hungarian language, for example
                nyolc (eight), nyolcszor (eight times). The case appears also in Finnish as an
                adverbial (adverb-forming) case. Used with a cardinal number it denotes the number
                of actions; for example, viisi (five) -&gt; viidesti (five times). Used with
                adjectives it refers to the mean of the action, corresponding the English suffix
                -ly: kaunis (beautiful) -&gt; kauniisti (beautifully). It is also used with a small
                number of nouns: leikki (play) -&gt; leikisti (just kidding, not really). In
                addition, it acts as an intensifier when used with a swearword: piru -&gt; pirusti.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiplicative_case) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ObliqueCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ObliqueCase</IRI>
            <name>case oblique</name>
            <name>oblique case</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1336; in EAGLES applied to non-subject pronouns in
                English and Dutch</desc>
            <desc> Case that is used when a noun is the object of a verb or a proposition, except
                for nominative and vocative case. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1336) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PartitiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PartitiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case partitive</name>
            <name>partitive case</name>
            <desc>TDS ontology; http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Partitive;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2003</desc>
            <desc> The partitive case is a grammatical case which denotes "partialness", "without
                result", or "without specific identity".
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#partitiveCase with
                reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partitive) PartitiveCase expresses the
                partial nature of the referent of the noun it marks, as opposed to expressing the
                whole unit or class of which the referent is a part. This case may be found in items
                such as the following: existential clauses, nouns that are accompanied by numerals
                or units of measure, or predications of material from which something is made. It
                often has a meaning similar to the English word 'some' (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 161;
                Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985: 208; Quirk, et al. 1985: 249; Gove, et al. 1966:
                1648; Sebeok 1946: 1214). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Partitive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PerlativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PerlativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case perlative</name>
            <name>perlative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perlative</desc>
            <desc> PerlativeCase expresses that something moved 'through','across', or 'along' the
                referent of the noun that is marked (Blake 1998: 38, 203).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perlative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessedCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessedCase</IRI>
            <name>case possessed</name>
            <name>possessed case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Possessed</desc>
            <desc> PossessedCase is used to mark the noun whose referent is possessed by the
                referent of another noun. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Possessed) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PrepositionalCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PrepositionalCase</IRI>
            <name>case prepositional</name>
            <name>prepositional case</name>
            <desc> Prepositional case is an in EAGLES optional value of CaseFeature for Spanish
                pronouns and determiners. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2v
                15.11.06) </desc>
            <desc> In many grammars, the term "prepositional case" is to refer to case marking that
                only occurs in combination with prepositions. Normally, this is an oblique case,
                e.g., the Russian 6th case, also referred to as "locative". (Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProlativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProlativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case prolative</name>
            <name>prolative case</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1368</desc>
            <desc> Case for a noun or a pronoun that expresses motion within a place or a period of
                time needed for an event. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1368) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProprietiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProprietiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case proprietive</name>
            <name>proprietive case</name>
            <desc>TDS Ontology,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#proprietiveCase-grammatical</desc>
            <desc> Proprietive case marks a possessional relation, i.e. 'having' something.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#proprietiveCase-grammatical)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PurposiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PurposiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case purposive</name>
            <name>purposive case</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with the ILPOSTS tagset for a case marker (postposition) in
                Indian languages, cf. http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PurposiveCase</desc>
            <desc>Purposive marks the goal of an activity, e.g., 'going out FOR (i.e. to catch)
                KANGAROOS'; 'call them FOR (i.e. to eat) FOOD'. The common purposive suffix -gu is a
                recurrent suffix on verbs ... The purposive case suffix is often used on a
                nominalised clause (and this may possibly be the origin of the verbal purposive).
                (Dixon 2002, p.134, on purposive case in [several] Australian languages) R.M.W.
                Dixon (2002), Australian Languages. CUP, Cambridge</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SociativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SociativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case sociative</name>
            <name>sociative case</name>
            <desc>adopted from http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1388</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check whether this is really different from comitative</desc>
            <desc> Case related to the person in whose company the action is carried out, or to any
                belongings of people which take part in the action.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1388) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubablativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubablativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case subablative</name>
            <name>subablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subablative</desc>
            <desc> SubablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                from under which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'from under'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuballativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuballativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case suballative</name>
            <name>suballative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Suballative</desc>
            <desc> SuballativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region that is
                under the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'towards the region that
                is under'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Suballative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubessiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubessiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case subessive</name>
            <name>subessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subessive</desc>
            <desc> SubessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                under which another referent exists. It has the meaning of 'under' or 'beneath'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SublativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SublativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case sublative</name>
            <name>sublative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Sublative;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1392</desc>
            <desc> SublativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                under which another referent is moving toward. It has the meaning 'towards the
                underneath of'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Sublative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubterminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubterminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case subterminative</name>
            <name>subterminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subterminative</desc>
            <desc> SubterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into the region under
                the referent of the noun it marks, but not through that region. It has the meaning
                'into the region under'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subterminative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubtranslativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubtranslativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case subtranslative</name>
            <name>subtranslative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subtranslative</desc>
            <desc> SubtranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along a trajectory
                underneath the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along the region
                underneath'. Unfortunate name clash with 'Superlative' as a feature of adjectives.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subtranslative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperablativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperablativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case superablative</name>
            <name>superablative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superablative</desc>
            <desc> Superablative expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                from over which another referent is moving. It has the meaning 'from over'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superablative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperallativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperallativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case superallative</name>
            <name>superallative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superallative</desc>
            <desc> SuperallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region that is
                above the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'towards the region that
                is over'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superallative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperessiveCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperessiveCase</IRI>
            <name>case superessive</name>
            <name>superessive case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superessive,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1396</desc>
            <desc> SuperessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                on which another referent exists. It has the meaning of 'on' or 'upon'. (Pei and
                Gaynor 1954: 207, Gove, et al. 1966: 2293).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superessive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperlativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperlativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case superlative</name>
            <name>superlative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superlative</desc>
            <desc> SuperlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location
                onto which another referent is moving. It has the meaning of 'onto'. Unfortunate
                name clash with 'Superlative' as a property of adjectives.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superlative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperterminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperterminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case superterminative</name>
            <name>superterminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superterminative</desc>
            <desc> SuperterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into the region
                over the referent of the noun it marks, but not through that region. It has the
                meaning 'into the region over'. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superterminative)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SupertranslativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SupertranslativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case supertranslative</name>
            <name>supertranslative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Supertranslative</desc>
            <desc> SupertranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along a trajectory
                above the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along the region over'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Supertranslative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TemporalisCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TemporalisCase</IRI>
            <name>case temporalis</name>
            <name>temporalis case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#TemporalisCase</desc>
            <desc>The so-called Temporalis Case is formed in Hungarian with -kor. Expresses a point
                of time or a period. (http://member.melbpc.org.au/~tmajlath/form-suffix.html)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TerminativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TerminativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case terminative</name>
            <name>terminative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/TerminativeCase,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1401</desc>
            <desc> Case that indicates to what or where something ends.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1401) TerminativeCase expresses the notion of
                something into but not further than (ie, not through) the referent of the noun it
                marks. It has the meaning 'into but not through'.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/TerminativeCase) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TranslativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TranslativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case translative</name>
            <name>translative case</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Translative,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1406</desc>
            <desc> TranslativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun, or the quality of the
                adjective, that it marks is the result of a process of change (Lyons 1968: 299301,
                Gove, et al. 1966: 813,2429, Sebeok 1946: 17, Hakulinen 1961: 70). X along, across
                Y. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Translative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VocativeCase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VocativeCase</IRI>
            <name>case vocative</name>
            <name>vocative case</name>
            <desc>EAGLES-recommended case feature</desc>
            <desc> Vocative case marks a noun whose referent is being addressed.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsVocativeCase.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MorphologicalCategory</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MorphologicalCategory</IRI>
            <name>category morphological</name>
            <name>morphological category</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MorphosyntacticCategory</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MorphosyntacticCategory</IRI>
            <name>category morphosyntactic</name>
            <name>morphosyntactic category</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Causative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Causative</IRI>
            <name>causative</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to CausativeVoice</desc>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Causative, cf. Anticausative</desc>
            <desc> Expressing the causation of an action.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Causative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Character</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Character</IRI>
            <name>character</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Circumposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Circumposition</IRI>
            <name>circumposition</name>
            <desc>EAGLES adposition with optional attribute Type="Circumposition". The relationship
                between circumpositions and pre-/postpositions in EAGLES is not clear. We do not
                prohibit Circumpositions from being Prepositions or Postpositions, though the EAGLES
                feature assignment (with all optional values implemented) would possibly rule this
                out. (Chiarcos)</desc>
            <desc> A circumposition is an adposition with a part before the noun phrase and a part
                after. It is much less common than prepositions or postpositions.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circumposition 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NumeralAgreementClass</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NumeralAgreementClass</IRI>
            <name>class agreement numeral</name>
            <name>numeral agreement class</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Classifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Classifier</IRI>
            <name>classifier</name>
            <desc>Added for compatibility with the SFB632 annotation guidelines.</desc>
            <desc> A classifier is a word or affix that expresses the classification of a noun.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAClassifier.htm
                19.09.06) Classifiers are a very typical feature of sign languages. In some Asian
                languages, classifiers are used as particles to combine a noun with a numeral, e.g.
                chin. _san ge ren_ 'three pieces of people', 'three people' (Bußmann 2002, under
                Klassifikator) Bharati et al. (2006, for Indian languages) group Classifiers
                together with Quantifiers and Numerals, but they do not provide a detailed
                characterization of this class. Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai,
                Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk
                Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre
                IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006,
                http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Clause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Clause</IRI>
            <name>clause</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ComplementClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ComplementClause</IRI>
            <name>clause complement</name>
            <name>complement clause</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>In noun phrases like the fact that she is late, the subordinate clause that she is
                late is a complement of the noun fact and should not be confused with a relative
                clause. (Note that the embedded clause she is late is not missing a constituent; by
                contrast, in a relative clause construction like the TV that she bought the other
                day, the clause that she bought the other day is incomplete.) The entire noun phrase
                should be bracketed as a sister of the head noun. (NP the fact (SBAR that (S (NP
                she) (VP is (ADJP late))))) (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalClause</IRI>
            <name>clause conditional</name>
            <name>conditional clause</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#conditionalClause</desc>
            <desc> Conditional clauses refer to a hypothetical situation, in English they are
                introduced by 'if' or 'unless'.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#conditionalClause)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CoordinateClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CoordinateClause</IRI>
            <name>clause coordinate</name>
            <name>coordinate clause</name>
            <desc> adopted from
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#coordinateClause </desc>
            <desc> A coordinate clause is a clause belonging to a series of two or more clauses
                which are not syntactically dependent on one another, and are joined by means of a
                coordinate conjunction, a connective or parataxis.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsACoordinateClause.htm).
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CosubordinateClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CosubordinateClause</IRI>
            <name>clause cosubordinate</name>
            <name>cosubordinate clause</name>
            <desc>
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#non-embeddedSubordinateClause
                Termed "cosubordination" here in accordance with van Valin and LaPolla (1997)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FiniteClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FiniteClause</IRI>
            <name>clause finite</name>
            <name>finite clause</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunctionWithFiniteClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunctionWithFiniteClause</IRI>
            <name>clause finite with conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction with finite clause</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "weil" introduces a clause
                with a finite verb. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MainClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MainClause</IRI>
            <name>clause main</name>
            <name>main clause</name>
            <desc> MainClause is the class of clauses that can stand on their own as a full,
                independent sentence. If a sentence contains any embedded clauses, the main clause
                is understood as the matrix plus the embedded clauses. In the sentence 'John thinks
                that Mary is sick', 'John thinks that Mary is sick' is the main clause [Crystal
                2001, 231]. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/MainClause) The independent clause can
                stand by itself as a grammatically viable simple sentence. Multiple independent
                clauses can be joined (usually with a comma and a coordinating conjunction) to form
                a compound sentence
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#mainClause with
                reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clause). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeClause</IRI>
            <name>clause relative</name>
            <name>relative clause</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeClause</desc>
            <desc> A relative clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a noun. For example, the
                noun phrase [the man who wasn't there] contains the noun [man], which is modified by
                the relative clause [who wasn't there]
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeClause with
                reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Relative_clause and Dik 1997) There are
                three di erent types of relative clauses in English (be careful not to confuse
                relative clauses and complement clauses): (i) wh-relative clauses (a guy who(m) I
                know), (ii) that-relative clauses (a guy that I know), and (iii) zero relative
                clauses (a guy I know). (Santorini 1991) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReducedRelativeClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReducedRelativeClause</IRI>
            <name>clause relative reduced</name>
            <name>reduced relative clause</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991</desc>
            <desc>RRC (reduced relative clause) Reduced relative clauses are adjoined to the NP they
                modify. (Bies et al. 1995) We will use the term \reduced relative clause" to refer
                to participial or adjectival constituents of the type illustrated in (@26). (26) He
                bought two watches designed by Paloma Picasso. Reduced relative clauses should be
                bracketed as adjunction structures. The structure of ( 26) is thus as in (@27). Note
                that the reduced relative clause, which is headed by a participle, is bracketed as a
                VP. (27) (S (NP He) (VP bought (NP (NP two watches) (VP designed (PP by (PNP (PNP
                Paloma) (PNP Picasso)))))) .) (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinateClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinateClause</IRI>
            <name>clause subordinate</name>
            <name>subordinate clause</name>
            <desc> Subclassification here follows the functional subclassification of subordinate
                clauses in the TDS ontologies. GOLD proposes an alternative syntax-based
                subclassification (yet without documentation or explanation) in AdjunctSubordinate
                and ComplementSubordinate. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ComplementSubordinate,
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjunctSubordinate) </desc>
            <desc> SubordinateClause is the class of clauses that cannot stand on their own as
                sentences. A matrix clause combined with a subordinate clause form a main clause. In
                the sentence 'John thinks that Mary is sick', 'Mary is sick' is the subordinate
                clause. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SubordinateClause) Dependent clauses
                (which are also sometimes referred to as subordinate clauses) cannot stand alone as
                sentences. They usually begin with subordinating conjunctions. A sentence with an
                independent clause and any number of dependent clauses is referred to as a complex
                sentence. One with two or more independent clauses and any number of dependent
                clauses is referred to as a compound-complex sentence
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clause, cf.
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subordinateClause). A
                subordinate clause is an embedded construction which contains a finite verb form.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#finiteEmbeddedConstruction)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdverbialSubordinateClause</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdverbialSubordinateClause</IRI>
            <name>clause subordinate adverbial</name>
            <name>adverbial subordinate clause</name>
            <desc> Subordinate clauses with adverbial function are annotated as ADV, e.g. "Tom
                sleeps when the sun rises." (Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.6) </desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al.
                2007)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ItCleft</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ItCleft</IRI>
            <name>cleft it</name>
            <name>it cleft</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>-CLF (cleft) — marks it-clefts (“true” clefts) and may be added to the labels S,
                SINV, or SQ. See section 16 [Clefts]. (SQ-CLF Was (NP-SBJ it) (NP-PRD (NP John's)
                car) (SBAR (WHNP-6 0) (S (NP-SBJ you) (VP borrowed (NP *T*-6)))) ?) (Bies et al.
                1995) S-CLF (it-cleft or “true” cleft) Declarative it-clefts are labeled S-CLF,
                expletive it is tagged as the surface subject (-SBJ), the SBAR is attached at
                VP-level, and a trace is coindexed to the wh-complementizer of the clefted portion.
                (See section 16 [Clefts] for more information.) (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Clitic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Clitic</IRI>
            <name>clitic</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness),
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness</desc>
            <desc>Categorization of the different types of clitics (MultText-East;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BoundClitic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BoundClitic</IRI>
            <name>clitic bound</name>
            <name>bound clitic</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933 (bound as value of cliticness
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933), originally from MULTEXT-East, see
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#BoundClitic, but note that as it is used
                in MULTEXT-East, BoundClitic is ambiguous between "being" a bound clitic and
                "containing a bound clitic". Here, only the first aspect is preserved, is is thus a
                subclass of CliticElement.</desc>
            <desc>Linked to a particular element. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf cliticness (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ElementDemandingClitic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ElementDemandingClitic</IRI>
            <name>clitic demanding element</name>
            <name>element demanding clitic</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemandingClitic</desc>
            <desc>Expression representing a lexeme with cliticization whose clitics are, however,
                represented as a separate token</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ElementWithClitic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ElementWithClitic</IRI>
            <name>clitic with element</name>
            <name>element with clitic</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElementWithClitic"</desc>
            <desc>Expression representing a lexeme together with its clitics (Chiarcos)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ElementWithoutClitic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ElementWithoutClitic</IRI>
            <name>clitic without element</name>
            <name>element without clitic</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElementWithoutClitic"</desc>
            <desc>Expression representing a lexeme without any clitics (i.e. because of the absence
                of cliticization or because the clitic is represented separately) (Chiarcos)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Cliticization</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Cliticization</IRI>
            <name>cliticization</name>
            <desc>http://www.glottopedia.de/index.php/Cliticization;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness),
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness. Note that Cliticization covers
                only one aspect of the original MULTEXT-East (and ISOcat) definitions of cliticness,
                i.e., that an element is a clitic</desc>
            <desc> In morphosyntax, cliticization is a process by which a complex word is formed by
                attaching a clitic to a fully inflected word. Exsmple: In Je t'aime, t' is the
                clitic attached to aime. (http://www.glottopedia.de/index.php/Cliticization) Note
                that cliticization can also be understood as the process of an independent word
                developing into a clitic. This is not the meaning intended here, as the OLiA
                ontologies are currently not applied to the description of diachronic processes.
                (Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Collective</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Collective</IRI>
            <name>collective</name>
            <desc>Normally realized by derivation rather than inflection, unless other evidence is
                provided, OLiA follows *both* the modelling of EAGLES (Collective rdf:type Number)
                and the modelling of the MTE ontology (Collective rdf:type MorphologicalDerivation,
                cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Collective)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Collocation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Collocation</IRI>
            <name>collocation</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Collocation</desc>
            <desc> A collocation is any habitually linked group of words - a kind of lexical
                partnership, e.g. 'fish and chips', 'salt and pepper', 'don't mention it', 'it's
                nothing...', 'Oh well!', 'bangers and mash'... and so on. Many idioms or idiomatic
                phrases exhibit collocation, e.g. in a jiffy.
                (http://www.englishbiz.co.uk/grammar/main_files/definitionsa-m.htm) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Colon</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Colon</IRI>
            <name>colon</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1439</desc>
            <desc> Sign with two vertical points that is used in writing and printing to introduce
                an explanation, example or quotation. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1439) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SemiColon</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SemiColon</IRI>
            <name>colon semi</name>
            <name>semi colon</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1446</desc>
            <desc> Sign (;) usually used to separate phrases. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1446) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Comma</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Comma</IRI>
            <name>comma</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1448</desc>
            <desc> Mark (,) used in writing to show a short pause or to separate items in a list.
                (Longman DCE 2005; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1448) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InvertedComma</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InvertedComma</IRI>
            <name>comma inverted</name>
            <name>inverted comma</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1443, used as left-parenthetical punctuation in
                German single quotes</desc>
            <desc> Inverted comma. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1443) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Comparative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Comparative</IRI>
            <name>comparative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1421</desc>
            <desc> The comparative is the form of an adjective or adverb which denotes the degree or
                grade by which a person, thing, or other entity has a property or quality greater or
                less in extent than that of another. In English the structure of a comparative
                consists normally of the positive form of the adjective or adverb, plus the suffix
                -er, or (especially in the case of longer words) the modifier "more" (or "less")
                before the adjective or adverb. The form is usually completed by "than" and the noun
                which is being compared, e.g. "he is taller than his father is", or "the village is
                less picturesque than the town near by is".
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparative 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WithComparative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WithComparative</IRI>
            <name>comparative with</name>
            <name>with comparative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "als" is followed by various
                kinds of comparative clause (including clauses without finite verbs).
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunctionWithComparative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunctionWithComparative</IRI>
            <name>comparative with conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction with comparative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "als" is followed by various
                kinds of comparative clause (including clauses without finite verbs).
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticComplement</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticComplement</IRI>
            <name>complement syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic complement</name>
            <desc> A complement is a phrase that fits a particular slot in the syntax requirements
                of a parent phrase (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complement_%28linguistics%29). An
                additional (morpho)syntactic constituent that may be subcategorized for by the
                predicate.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticComplement) </desc>
            <desc> The complement is attached inside the VP, NP, ADJP, or PP. Verbs: The term
                “complement” as it is used here refers to: 1. internal arguments such as NP objects,
                S and SBAR with no adverbial dash tags (including some if-clauses, as in I wonder if
                the Cubs are winning), and quoted constituents (including SINV and FRAG) 2. the
                passive logical-subject by-phrase 3. VP 4. constituents tagged -BNF, -CLR, -DTV,
                -PRD, and -PUT (S (NP-SBJ-1 the guide) (VP was (VP given (NP *-1) (PP-DTV to (NP
                Arthur)) (PP by (NP-LGS Ford))))) Nouns: Since it is difficult to consistently
                annotate an argument/adjunct distinction, all PP modifiers of nouns are
                Chomsky-adjoined to the NP: (NP (NP a teacher) (PP of (NP chemistry))) Adjectives:
                Except in comparatives, any modifier following an adjective is bracketed as a
                complement. (ADJP eager/likely/ready (S to believe anything)) Prepositions: The NP
                or S complement of a preposition is placed inside the PP. (Bies et al. 1995) </desc>
            <desc>according to the PennTreebank definition (Bies et al. 1995), arguments are
                complements</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ZeroComplementizer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ZeroComplementizer</IRI>
            <name>complementizer zero</name>
            <name>zero complementizer</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991)</desc>
            <desc>0|Zero represents a zero complementizer (= subordinating conjunction); it may need
                to be deleted. The zero complementizer is generally the counterpart of the overt
                complementizer that. Example: I&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¹m sure 0
                he&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¹ll be here any minute. ... 0 stands in for overt
                subordinating conjunctions like that in tensed subordinate clauses, including
                relative clauses. So the relative clause the man I saw should be bracketed as
                follows: (NP (NP the man) (SBAR 0 (S (NP I) (VP saw) (NP T))))) (Santorini
                1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalComplex</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalComplex</IRI>
            <name>complex verbal</name>
            <name>verbal complex</name>
            <desc> In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions:
                verb-second, verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb
                complex consisting of the finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit.
                The discontinuous positioning of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second
                clauses is the traditional reason for structuring German clauses into fields. The
                positions of the verbal elements form the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which
                divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial field), a Mittelfeld (middle field),
                and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the Mittelfeld are divided by the
                linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite verb, the rechte
                Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the Mittelfeld and
                the Nachfeld. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13) The Verbkomplex is a sequence of verb
                forms. In verb-second and verb-first clauses it consists of one or more non-finite
                elements or - depending on the verb - of a separable prefix. In verb-final clauses
                it also contains the finite verb. The rule for the linear order in general is: right
                determines left. If there is a finite verb in the verb complex, it is usually the
                right-most element. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.15) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Conjugated</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Conjugated</IRI>
            <name>conjugated</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2207</desc>
            <desc> Property of a verbal form when inflected (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2207)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Conjunct</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Conjunct</IRI>
            <name>conjunct</name>
            <desc>TIGER edge label CJ</desc>
            <desc>TIGER edge label CJ</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#hasSentenceConjunct</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:hasSentenceConjunct</IRI>
            <name>conjunct sentence has</name>
            <name>has sentence conjunct</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SentenceCoordinatingConjunction</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#hasWordConjunct</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:hasWordConjunct</IRI>
            <name>conjunct word has</name>
            <name>has word conjunct</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#WordCoordinatingConjunction</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#hasConjunct</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:hasConjunct</IRI>
            <name>conjunct has</name>
            <name>has conjunct</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CoordinatingConjunction_ConjunctType</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Conjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Conjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level concept Conjunction (C).</desc>
            <desc> A conjunction is a word that syntactically links words or larger constituents,
                and expresses a semantic relationship between them.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConjunction.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating</name>
            <name>coordinating conjunction</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating correlative</name>
            <name>correlative coordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction</desc>
            <desc>Conjunction/Coord_Type="correlat" (Romanian). In Romanian, there are three kinds
                of conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with other
                conjunctions or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or
                Mary); (2) repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John
                or Mary or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific
                coordinators between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE
                v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction) </desc>
            <desc> When the same word is also placed before the first conjunct, as in French
                "ou...ou...", the former occurrence is given the Correlative value and the latter
                the Simple value. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InitialCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InitialCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating initial</name>
            <name>initial coordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> When two distinct words occur, as in German "weder...noch...", then the first is
                given the Initial value. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonInitialCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonInitialCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating initial non</name>
            <name>non initial coordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> When two distinct words occur, as in German weder...noch..., then the second is
                given the Non-initial value.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating repetitive</name>
            <name>repetitive coordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction</desc>
            <desc>Conjunction/Coord_Type="repetit" (Romanian). In Romanian, there are three kinds of
                conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with other conjunctions
                or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or Mary); (2)
                repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John or Mary
                or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific coordinators
                between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SimpleCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SimpleCoordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction coordinating simple</name>
            <name>simple coordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SimpleCoordinatingConjunction</desc>
            <desc> Simple applies to the regular type of coordinator occurring between conjuncts:
                German und, for example. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
            <desc>In the Romanian MTE v4 specs, Conjunction/Coord_Type="simple" is defined in
                contrast to repetitive and correlative coordinating conjunctions. In Romanian, there
                are three kinds of conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with
                other conjunctions or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or
                Mary); (2) repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John
                or Mary or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific
                coordinators between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE
                v4), e.g., aşa_că, va_să_zică (ro)
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SimpleCoordinatingConjunction)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunction</IRI>
            <name>conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Conjunction with Type="Subordinating". The language- (German-) specific
                EAGLES feature "subord-type" was originally modelled as MorphosyntacticFeature, when
                integrating the MULTEXT-East ontology, it was remodelled within the taxonomy </desc>
            <desc> Subordinating conjunctions, also called subordinators, are conjunctions that
                introduce a dependent clause. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_conjunction
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Constituent</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Constituent</IRI>
            <name>constituent</name>
            <desc>http://www.linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2008/SyntacticConstruction</desc>
            <desc> Constituents correspond to a GOLD SyntacticConstruction: SyntacticConstruction is
                the class of grammar units that have syntactic structure, i.e., consisting of more
                than one syntactic word or construction in a syntactic configuration. [Crystal 1980,
                85-86]. (http://www.linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2008) Corresponds to units of
                annotation in the EAGLES recommendations for syntactic annotation
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node29.html#SECTION00052000000000000000)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdnominalConstituent</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdnominalConstituent</IRI>
            <name>constituent adnominal</name>
            <name>adnominal constituent</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#nominalModifier</desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to AdnominalModifier</desc>
            <desc> Each element in a construction is called adnominal that modifies a nominal, such
                as, all types of attributives, such as adjectives, possessives, prepositional
                attributes and relative clauses, such as the beautiful house; the neighbour’s house,
                the house at the sea, the house, that I want.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#nominalModifier) </desc>
            <desc> Adnominal wird jedes Element in einer Konstruktion bezeichnet, das der
                Modifizierung eines Nomens dient, d.h. alle Formen von Attributen wie Adjektive,
                Genitivattribute, Pr&#x81;Ã&#x81;¤positionalattribute, Relativs&#x81;Ã&#x81;¤tze.
                Zum Beispiel, das sch&#x81;Ã&#x81;¶ne Haus; das Haus des Nachbars; das Haus am See;
                das Haus, das ich mir schon immer gew&#x81;Ã&#x81;¼nscht habe.
                (http://www.uni-trier.de/uni/fb2/ldv/ldv_wiki/index.php/Adnominal) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonFiniteEmbeddedConstruction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonFiniteEmbeddedConstruction</IRI>
            <name>construction embedded finite non</name>
            <name>non finite embedded construction</name>
            <desc> An embedded construction which contains a non-finite verb form
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#non-finiteEmbeddedConstruction
                with reference to Dik 1997) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticConstruction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticConstruction</IRI>
            <name>construction syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic construction</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Contraction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Contraction</IRI>
            <name>contraction</name>
            <desc>Uby POS, undocumented, http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl</desc>
            <desc>no definition given</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Coordination</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Coordination</IRI>
            <name>coordination</name>
            <desc> As has already been shown in some of the preceding examples, the issue of
                coordination necessarily arises: how is coordination to be represented in terms of
                constituency? Different approaches have been taken, and in the example analyses
                given in this document, we have chosen to take a traditional approach, showing the
                coordinated constituents at the same level, with the conjunction between them (see
                also 47 and 48): (51) [NP [NP John NP] and [NP Mary NP] NP] (52) She went [PP [PP to
                the library PP] or [PP to the cafeteria PP] PP] (53) He works [ADVP [ADVP very
                slowly ADVP] but [ADVP very meticulously ADVP] ADVP] However, in practice, in an
                automated parsing system, this is not an easy differentiation to make, and in some
                existing schemes, a slightly less satisfactory solution has been found, viz.
                analysing coordination in a similar fashion to subordination. Most constituents
                (both phrases and clauses) can be coordinated, but the extent to which this is
                possible will differ across languages. The conjuncts may be marked as such by
                separate descriptors: NPtex2html_wrap_inline4084 etc. However, there are many
                occasions where the conjuncts are not of the same formal category, or where they do
                not correspond to an entire phrasal or clausal constituent. There is much to be
                said, in these cases, or perhaps for all cases of coordination, for the use of a
                generalised label applied to all coordinate constituents or conjuncts, e.g. the
                label CO used in the TOSCA system. We do not offer a definitive solution for the
                annotation of coordination, and the many variants of coordination will not be
                considered further in this report. See Sampson (1995: 310f) for a detailed
                treatment. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node37.html) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Copula</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Copula</IRI>
            <name>copula</name>
            <desc> Adopted from the SFB632 annotation guidelines. In EAGLES, copulas are not
                distinguished from auxiliaries, hence represented as such here. </desc>
            <desc> A copula is an intransitivity verb which links a subject to a noun phrase, an
                adjective or an other constituent which expresses the predicate.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACopula.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExpletiveCorrelate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExpletiveCorrelate</IRI>
            <name>correlate expletive</name>
            <name>expletive correlate</name>
            <desc> Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es] are
                traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
                correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es
                (structural expletive) (cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)). (Telljohann et al.
                2009, p.60) Extraposed clausal arguments: "Aber [es] ist übertrieben zu sagen, damit
                bekäme die FU erst eine Identität." (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.62) </desc>
            <desc> TüBa-D/Z </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Correlative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Correlative</IRI>
            <name>correlative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> When the same word is also placed before the first conjunct, as in French
                "ou...ou...", the former occurrence is given the Correlative value and the latter
                the Simple value. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Countable</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Countable</IRI>
            <name>countable</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, remodelling of MassNoun vs. CommonNoun</desc>
            <desc> A countable noun (also count noun) is a noun which can be modified by a numeral
                and occur in both singular and plural form, as well as co-occurring with
                quantificational determiners like every, each, several, most, etc..
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countable_noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Definite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Definite</IRI>
            <name>definite</name>
            <desc> EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#definite,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2004 </desc>
            <desc> Value referring to the capacity of identification of an entity.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2004) An entity is specified as definite when it
                refers to a particularized individual of the species denoted by the noun.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#definite) Definite
                noun phrases are used to refer to entities which are specific and identifiable in a
                given context. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Definiteness 20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ElativeDegree</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ElativeDegree</IRI>
            <name>degree elative</name>
            <name>elative degree</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElativeDegree,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1276, note that the latter conflates ElativeDegree
                and ElativeCase</desc>
            <desc>MULTEXT-East Degree="elative" (Adjective: Resian, Serbian, Macedonian)&lt;br/&gt;
                In Semitic languages, ElativeDegree refers to the “adjective of superiority.” In
                some languages such as Arabic, the concepts of comparative and superlative degree of
                an adjective are merged into a single form, the elative. How this form is understood
                or translated depends upon context and definiteness. In the absence of comparison,
                the elative conveys the notion of “greatest”, “supreme.” The elative of كبير
                (kabí:r, "big") is أكبر (’ákbar, “bigger/biggest”, “greater/greatest”).
                (http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/elative) In Slavic languages, as well, it is pretty
                standard. I do agree with the definition though, that "the elative conveys the
                notion of “greatest”, “supreme.”" So, Slovene "lep" is beautiful, "prelep" is very
                (or supremely) beautiful; I guess the "pre-" prefix could be roughly translated as
                "over-". Used in Resian, Serbian, Macedonian. In Slovenian, we banished it, as even
                "ordinary" degrees are borderline inflection / derivation, but, I think, elative is
                is definitely not inflection. (Tomaž Erjavec, email 2010/06/21)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., predivan, prekasan, premanjeg/premali, premanjega/premali,
                premanjem/premali, premanjemu/premali, premanji/premali (sr)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., прешпионска/шпионски, прешпионскава/шпионски, прешпионскана/шпионски,
                прешпионската/шпионски, прешпионски/шпионски, прешпионскиве/шпионски,
                прешпионскине/шпионски, прешпионскиов/шпионски, прешпионскион/шпионски (mk)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Derivation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Derivation</IRI>
            <name>derivation</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1271</desc>
            <desc> Change in the form of a linguistic unit, usually modification in the base/root or
                affixation to create a new word. (Sue Ellen Wright + Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1271) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Determiner</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Determiner</IRI>
            <name>determiner</name>
            <desc>introduced AttributivePronoun as subclass of Determiner (Article is no
                AttributivePronoun)</desc>
            <desc>EAGLES PronounOrDeterminer with category="Determiner"</desc>
            <desc> Note that "Determiner" in OLiA also covers determiner-like elements in languages
                without grammaticalized determiner category. This is because AttributePronoun is
                defined as being in the intersection of Determiner and Pronoun. In languages without
                grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns are, howevetr, not characterized
                as determiners, but rather as adjectives. In order to provide a uniform modeling of
                attributive pronouns, they are defined here as being the intersection of Determiner
                and Pronoun. (Chiarcos) </desc>
            <desc> A determiner is a noun modifier that expresses the reference of a noun or noun
                phrase in the context, including quantity, rather than attributes expressed by
                adjectives. This part of speech is defined in some languages, such as in English, as
                it is distinct from adjectives grammatically, though most English dictionaries still
                identify the determiners as adjectives. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Determiner
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DemonstrativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DemonstrativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner demonstrative</name>
            <name>demonstrative determiner</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Demonstrative". </desc>
            <desc> Demonstratives are deictic expressions (they depend on an external frame of
                reference) which indicate entities a speaker refers to, and distinguishes those
                entities from others. Demonstratives are usually employed for spatial deixis (using
                the context of the physical surroundings), but in many languages they double as
                discourse deictics, referring not to concrete objects but to words, phrases and
                propositions mentioned in speech. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demonstrative
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmphaticDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmphaticDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner emphatic</name>
            <name>emphatic determiner</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>Determiner/Type="emphatic" (Romanian)&lt;br/&gt; In Romanian, there are specific
                forms for the so-called emphatic determiner, which may accompany both a noun and a
                personal pronoun: fata însăşi (the girl herself), also ea însăşi (she herself).
                e.g., însele/însumi, însemi/însumi, însene/însumi, însevă/însumi, înseşi/însumi,
                înseţi/însumi, însumi, însuşi/însumi, însuţi/însumi
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExclamatoryDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExclamatoryDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner exclamatory</name>
            <name>exclamatory determiner</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Determiner with optional attribute WhType="Exclamatory" </desc>
            <desc> A exclamatory determiner is used in combination with a Nominal Phrase in order to
                create an exclamation (a more emphatic form of statement), e.g. "What a lovely
                colour!", "What a wonderful day this is!"
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/pub/eagles/lexicons/elm_en.ps.gz, p.27, 07.05.07;
                http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sentence_(linguistics), 07.05.07) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndefiniteDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndefiniteDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner indefinite</name>
            <name>indefinite determiner</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Indefinite"</desc>
            <desc> An indefinite determiner is a determiner that expresses a referent's indefinite
                number or amount, i.e. "some", "any", "many".
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuantifier.htm
                22.09.06) Note that here, a separate top-level class Quantifier has been introduced
                that covers expressions of number and amount as *semantic* concepts. Plural
                indefinite determiners are thus to be modeled as IndefiniteDeteriner and Quantifier.
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative determiner</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NegativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NegativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner negative</name>
            <name>negative determiner</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>Determiner/Type="negative" (Romanian)&lt;br/&gt; In Romanian the negative
                determiner is expressed by the unit nici + indefinite article (e.g. nici un, nici
                o). (MTE v4) e.g., nici-o/nici_un, nici_o/nici_un, nici_un, nici_unei/nici_un,
                nici_unii/nici_un, nici_unor/nici_un, nici_unui/nici_un
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeDeterminer)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PronounOrDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PronounOrDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner or pronoun</name>
            <name>pronoun or determiner</name>
            <desc> EAGLES top-level category PronounOrDeterminer (PD). The existence of this class
                is, however, controversial. In EAGLES, it has been introduced for reasons of lexical
                ambiguity in European languages thus it could be described by the joint of Pronoun
                and Determiner rather than as an independent class. Indeed, at least one fundamental
                difference is blurred here: Determiners are purely modifiers whereas pronouns
                contribute independent meaning. This could be adopted here as a criterion for
                higher-level organization of the OLiA Reference Model. The original EAGLES
                definition is not very specific about the difference between Pronouns and
                Determiners. Here, we assume two definitions: * semantic definition of pronouns:
                Pronouns are bound variables. They are referential. * syntactic definition of
                determiners: Determiners turn nominal expressions (of type &lt;e,t&gt;) into noun
                phrases (of type &lt;e&gt;). Note that these definitions are not exclusive (which is
                why annotation schemes differ in this aspect). Attributive possessive pronouns ('my
                book', 'their article') are semantically pronouns (they have an independent
                reference), but syntactically determiners. For the sub-classes, no exclusivity is
                required as Olia allows a hybrid ("both") category by multiple inheritance. </desc>
            <desc> The parts of speech Pronoun, Determiner and Article heavily overlap in their
                formal and functional characteristics, and different analyses for different
                languages entail separating them out in different ways. In Eagles, Pronouns and
                Determiners are placed in one `super-category'. For some descriptions it may be
                thought best to treat them as totally different parts of speech.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recp 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PartitiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PartitiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner partitive</name>
            <name>partitive determiner</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Partitive".</desc>
            <desc>TODO: Check the relationship between PartitiveDeterminer and PartitiveCase: The
                partitive case is a grammatical case which denotes "partialness", "without result",
                or "without specific identity"
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#partitiveCase, with
                reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partitive). PartitiveCase expresses the
                partial nature of the referent of the noun it marks, as opposed to expressing the
                whole unit or class of which the referent is a part. This case may be found in items
                such as the following: existential clauses, nouns that are accompanied by numerals
                or units of measure, or predications of material from which something is made. It
                often has a meaning similar to the English word 'some'. (GOLD, "Partitive"; see
                there for references) </desc>
            <desc> A partitive determiner indicates an indefinite quantity of a mass noun; there is
                no partitive article in English, though the words some or any often have that
                function. (Wilson and Leech 1996) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner possessive</name>
            <name>possessive determiner</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Possessive".</desc>
            <desc> A possessive determiner is a part of speech that modifies a noun by attributing
                ownership to someone or something.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Possessive_adjective 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner reflexive</name>
            <name>reflexive determiner</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner relative</name>
            <name>relative determiner</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#UniquitiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:UniquitiveDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>determiner uniquitive</name>
            <name>uniquitive determiner</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#UniquitiveDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>Determiner/Type="exceptional" is applied to the Persian uniquitive determiner تنها
                i.e., "the only" (MTE v4; Hamidreza Kobdani, email 2010/06/15,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#UniquitiveDeterminer)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Diacritic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Diacritic</IRI>
            <name>diacritic</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Diminuitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Diminuitive</IRI>
            <name>diminuitive</name>
            <desc>A diminutive is a formation of a word used to convey a slight degree of the root
                meaning, smallness of the object or quality named, encapsulation, intimacy, or
                endearment. It is the opposite of an augmentative.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminutive)</desc>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Diminuitive, in MTE v.4 originally
                modelled as an aspect of Degree, but this is a misplacement. There are languages
                where Degree and Diminuitivity are independent. In Latvian, for example, the
                diminutive suffix may be attached to an adjective, not only in the positive but in
                the comparative and superlative degrees (Ruke-Dravina 1953). Velta Ruke-Dravina
                (1953), Adjectival Diminuitives in Latvian. The Slavonic and East European Review
                31(77): 452-465 </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Distal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Distal</IRI>
            <name>distal</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDistalDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>The referent denoted by a distal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English that) is
                usually spatially more remote or discoursally less salient as compared to a referent
                denoted by a proximal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English this) (Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Ditransitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Ditransitive</IRI>
            <name>ditransitive</name>
            <desc>SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)</desc>
            <desc> A predicate/verb that takes two arguments, e.g., English "to give", cf. van Valin
                and Lapolla (1997). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Dual</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Dual</IRI>
            <name>dual</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1879</desc>
            <desc> Form used in some languages to designate two persons or things. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1879) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CliticElement</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CliticElement</IRI>
            <name>element clitic</name>
            <name>clitic element</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness),
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness</desc>
            <desc>Note that Clitic covers only one aspect of the original MULTEXT-East (and ISOcat)
                definitions of cliticness, i.e., that an element is a clitic</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LayoutElement</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LayoutElement</IRI>
            <name>element layout</name>
            <name>layout element</name>
            <desc>Introduced to account for Bullet http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NullElement</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NullElement</IRI>
            <name>element null</name>
            <name>null element</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Elision</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Elision</IRI>
            <name>elision</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1277</desc>
            <desc> The omission of a syllable or vowel at the beginning or end of a word, esp. when
                a word ending with a vowel is next to one beginning with a vowel.
                (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=elision;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1277) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Ellipsis</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Ellipsis</IRI>
            <name>ellipsis</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>*?* &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ placeholder for ellipsed material ... *?* is now
                available in the following great-tasting flavors: (VP *?*), (ADJP-PRD *?*), (PP-PRD
                *), (NP *?*), (S *?*), (SBAR *?*). These act as placeholders for a missing predicate
                or piece thereof, especially in comparative constructions and other environments
                where predicate deletion occurs. Although the missing material represented by *?* is
                often identical to another constituent in the same sentence, the two are never
                coindexed. Postmodifiers of the verb (including traces) may be attached under (VP
                *?*), but not to any other null element, including the other *?* null elements and
                (VP *T*). Note that policy for *?* was never finalized, so its use varies to some
                extent. In general, *?* is used by the annotators as a last resort (short of the
                FRAG analysis) for the annotation of clauses with
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼missing&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ material. Nonetheless, there are
                certain constructions that are particularly likely to contain *?*: (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Emphatic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Emphatic</IRI>
            <name>emphatic</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with ILPOSTS, cf.
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticPronoun,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941 (emphatic pronoun)</desc>
            <desc> Pronoun marked to show its importance. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941) In
                Romanian, the so-called emphatic determiner may accompany both a noun and a personal
                pronoun: fata *însăşi* (the girl *herself*), also ea *însăşi* (she *herself*).
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer) Emphasis can not only
                be expressed on nouns and pronouns, but also at verbs, adverbs, adpositions, etc.,
                cf. http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Emphasis</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonEmphatic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonEmphatic</IRI>
            <name>emphatic non</name>
            <name>non emphatic</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with ILPOSTS, cf.
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticPronoun</desc>
            <desc>In languages where emphasis can be grammatically marked, the unmarked form would
                be considered NonEmphatic, see #Emphatic</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DiscourseEntity</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DiscourseEntity</IRI>
            <name>entity discourse</name>
            <name>discourse entity</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NamedEntity</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NamedEntity</IRI>
            <name>entity named</name>
            <name>named entity</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2275</desc>
            <desc> segment of text for which one or many rigid designators stands for the referent
                (Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2275) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OrthographicEntity</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OrthographicEntity</IRI>
            <name>entity orthographic</name>
            <name>orthographic entity</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Exclusive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Exclusive</IRI>
            <name>exclusive</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FirstExclusive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FirstExclusive</IRI>
            <name>exclusive first</name>
            <name>first exclusive</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstExclusive, modelled as a subconcept of
                First here </desc>
            <desc> Refers to the speaker and one or more nonparticipants, but not hearer(s).
                Contrasts with FirstPersonInclusive (Crystal 1997: 285).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstExclusive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Expletive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Expletive</IRI>
            <name>expletive</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StructuralExpletive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StructuralExpletive</IRI>
            <name>expletive structural</name>
            <name>structural expletive</name>
            <desc> Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es] are
                traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
                correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es
                (structural expletive) (cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)). (Telljohann et al.
                2009, p.60) In German, a purely structural dummy element ... occurs in Vorfeld
                position only and is not correlated with any argument of the clause. It does not
                agree with the verb which becomes evident if there is a plural subject in the
                Mittelfeld: "es zahlen ihn die Völker, deren Menschenrechte angeblich verteidigt
                werden." It is ungrammatical in the Mittelfeld, e.g. *". . . dass es ihn die Völker
                zahlen". </desc>
            <desc> TüBa-D/Z </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FixedExpression</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FixedExpression</IRI>
            <name>expression fixed</name>
            <name>fixed expression</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VocativeExpression</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VocativeExpression</IRI>
            <name>expression vocative</name>
            <name>vocative expression</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#VocativeForm</desc>
            <desc>An expression referring to a person to which the utterance is addressed, e.g. Old
                High German "truhtin", "meistar" or "fater". The vocative expression typically
                occurs outside of the clause and not in an argument position selected by the
                predicate. (Petrova 2008, see http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Extraposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Extraposition</IRI>
            <name>extraposition</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>*EXP* — Expletive (extraposition) ... In cases where a clausal subject has been
                extraposed and replaced by an expletive it, we use a type of pseudo-attach called
                *EXP*. (In the small ATIS sample included with this release, it is also used for
                existential there.) Use of *EXP*-attach is discussed in more detail in section 17
                [It-Extraposition]. (S (NP-SBJ (NP It) (SBAR *EXP*-1)) (VP is (ADJP-PRD clear) (PP
                to (NP me)) (SBAR-1 that (S (NP-SBJ this message) (VP is (ADJP-PRD unclear))))))
                (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondFamiliar</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondFamiliar</IRI>
            <name>familiar second</name>
            <name>second familiar</name>
            <desc>EAGLES PersonalPronoun attribute Politeness="Familiar". The EAGLES attribute
                politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns. </desc>
            <desc> In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or
                respectful reference, e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted. The feature SecondFamiliar
                applies to the corresponding unmarked forms for informal conversiation in such
                languages. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AnimacyFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AnimacyFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature animacy</name>
            <name>animacy feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AspectFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AspectFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature aspect</name>
            <name>aspect feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CaseFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CaseFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature case</name>
            <name>case feature</name>
            <desc> Skipped EAGLES case feature values Uninflected (uninformative), and NonGenitive
                (= complement of Genitive). As for TDS case feature values, only "grammaticalCase"
                has been adopted. As for GOLD case feature values, everything has been adopted,
                although it seems that some of these cases are actually semantic (theta) roles,
                i.e., "case" in the sense of Fillmore (1966), e.g., BenefactiveCase. </desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename all subconcepts to ...Case </desc>
            <desc>Note that also Indian case markers were included here (ILPOSTS). These are
                described differently, either as postpositions or as grammatical cases.</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ClusivityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ClusivityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature clusivity</name>
            <name>clusivity feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CountabilityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CountabilityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature countability</name>
            <name>countability feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DefinitenessFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DefinitenessFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature definiteness</name>
            <name>definiteness feature</name>
            <desc> Skipped EAGLES "Unmarked" definiteness that was only introduced "to handle the
                suffixed definite article in Danish: e.g. "haven" (`the garden'); "havet" (`the
                sea')." (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2 16.11.06) </desc>
            <desc>TODO: use this property to define Definite/IndefiniteArticle </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DegreeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DegreeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature degree</name>
            <name>degree feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmphasisFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmphasisFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature emphasis</name>
            <name>emphasis feature</name>
            <desc>in EAGLES and MULTEXT-East restricted to pronouns, in ILPOSTS applicable to many
                different WordClasses, hence modelled as an independent feature, cf.
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Emphasis</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EvaluativeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EvaluativeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature evaluative</name>
            <name>evaluative feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EvidentialityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EvidentialityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature evidentiality</name>
            <name>evidentiality feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#UsageAndFrequencyFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:UsageAndFrequencyFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature frequency and usage</name>
            <name>usage and frequency feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GenderFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GenderFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature gender</name>
            <name>gender feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ModalityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ModalityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature modality</name>
            <name>modality feature</name>
            <desc>Mood feature pertains to grammaticalized moods (as expressed in verbal
                inflection), Modality refers to the underlying concept that can also be manifested
                by other grammatical or orthographic markers</desc>
            <desc>note that Modality overlaps with SentenceType (cf. InterrogativeModality besides
                Question, DeclarativeModality vs. DeclarativeSentence, etc.). The main difference
                between both is the restriction of SentenceType to full sentences as a basis of
                analysis. Any updates should maintain this relationship.</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MoodFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MoodFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature mood</name>
            <name>mood feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NumberFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NumberFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature number</name>
            <name>number feature</name>
            <desc>TODO: extend with TDS numberProperty and GOLD NumberValue</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PersonFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PersonFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature person</name>
            <name>person feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PolarityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PolarityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature polarity</name>
            <name>polarity feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProximityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProximityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature proximity</name>
            <name>proximity feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexivityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexivityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature reflexivity</name>
            <name>reflexivity feature</name>
            <desc>TODO: integrate with VoiceFeature (as in the TDS Ontology) implementation</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RegisterFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RegisterFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature register</name>
            <name>register feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SeparabilityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SeparabilityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature separability</name>
            <name>separability feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SpecificityFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SpecificityFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature specificity</name>
            <name>specificity feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StrengthFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StrengthFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature strength</name>
            <name>strength feature</name>
            <desc>TODO: link with concept hierarchy</desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to ReductionFeature</desc>
            <desc>merged with http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectiveFormation,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ReductionFeature: reduced vs. full
                inflection</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TenseFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TenseFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature tense</name>
            <name>tense feature</name>
            <desc> Subclassification in absolute, relaive and absolute-relative adopted from TDS.
                Habitual is modelled here as Aspect, in accordance with GOLD, replaced here by
                NotTemporallyAnchored. Skipped TDS non-presentTense (= complement of Present),
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonFuture,
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonPast, redefined Future and Past as superconcepts
                to cover different future and past tenses </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CoordTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CoordTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type coord</name>
            <name>coord type feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InflectionTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InflectionTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type inflection</name>
            <name>inflection type feature</name>
            <desc> In this category, different inflection-relevant features are assembled.
                Typically, inflection phenomena are language-specific and pertain to different
                grammatial categories; therefore, this collection is neither to be supposed
                exhaustive nor are the features necessarily disjoint (e.g., InflectedWithOvertMarker
                overlaps with StrongInflection or WeakInflection) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReduplicationTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReduplicationTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type reduplication</name>
            <name>reduplication type feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReferentTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReferentTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type referent</name>
            <name>referent type feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SentenceTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SentenceTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type sentence</name>
            <name>sentence type feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordTypeFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordTypeFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature type subord</name>
            <name>subord type feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ValencyFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ValencyFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature valency</name>
            <name>valency feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VoiceFeature</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VoiceFeature</IRI>
            <name>feature voice</name>
            <name>voice feature</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Feminine</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Feminine</IRI>
            <name>feminine</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#feminineGender</desc>
            <desc> Feminine gender is a grammatical gender that marks nouns, articles, pronouns,
                etc. that have human or animal female referents, and often marks nouns that have
                referents that do not carry distinctions of sex.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2at 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ComplementizerField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ComplementizerField</IRI>
            <name>field complementizer</name>
            <name>complementizer field</name>
            <desc> The C-Feld occurs in verb-final clauses in German (exception: the conjunction als
                in subordinated sentences of comparison als w¨are es nie geschehen.). It is
                obligatorily occupied in finite verb-final clauses if there is no conjunction in the
                Linke Klammer. In non-finite verb-final clauses the C-position may be empty. This
                field can be occupied by conjunctions of sentential objects (e.g. daß, ob) or
                sentence initial conjunctions like um, obwohl, wenn and also by complex
                interrogative or relative phrases, e.g. ..., ’um wieviel Geld’ geht es dabei? / ...,
                ’an der’ Max Daniel Professor f¨ur Klavier ist. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CoordinatorField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CoordinatorField</IRI>
            <name>field coordinator</name>
            <name>coordinator field</name>
            <desc> The KOORD-field is the field for coordinating particles in the German clause. In
                contrast to the PARORD-field, it can optionally occur as the left-most element of
                all clause types. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LeftDislocationField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LeftDislocationField</IRI>
            <name>field dislocation left</name>
            <name>left dislocation field</name>
            <desc> The German Linksversetzungsfeld is a field for the left-dislocated phrase of
                resumptive constructions. A Linksversetzung is a pendent constituent. It can be
                regarded as a syntactic anticipation of a part of a sentence (Telljohann et al.
                2009, p.16) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FinalField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FinalField</IRI>
            <name>field final</name>
            <name>final field</name>
            <desc> In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions:
                verb-second, verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb
                complex consisting of the finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit.
                The discontinuous positioning of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second
                clauses is the traditional reason for structuring German clauses into fields. The
                positions of the verbal elements form the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which
                divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial field), a Mittelfeld (middle field),
                and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the Mittelfeld are divided by the
                linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite verb, the rechte
                Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the Mittelfeld and
                the Nachfeld. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InitialField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InitialField</IRI>
            <name>field initial</name>
            <name>initial field</name>
            <desc> In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions:
                verb-second, verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb
                complex consisting of the finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit.
                The discontinuous positioning of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second
                clauses is the traditional reason for structuring German clauses into fields. The
                positions of the verbal elements form the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which
                divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial field), a Mittelfeld (middle field),
                and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the Mittelfeld are divided by the
                linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite verb, the rechte
                Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the Mittelfeld and
                the Nachfeld. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13) </desc>
            <desc>In the canonical sentence, the initial field is the first position in the
                sentence, hence grouped under Fronting.</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MiddleField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MiddleField</IRI>
            <name>field middle</name>
            <name>middle field</name>
            <desc> In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions:
                verb-second, verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb
                complex consisting of the finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit.
                The discontinuous positioning of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second
                clauses is the traditional reason for structuring German clauses into fields. The
                positions of the verbal elements form the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which
                divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial field), a Mittelfeld (middle field),
                and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the Mittelfeld are divided by the
                linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite verb, the rechte
                Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the Mittelfeld and
                the Nachfeld. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatorField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatorField</IRI>
            <name>field subordinator</name>
            <name>subordinator field</name>
            <desc> In the German clause, the PARORD-field is the field for non-coordinating
                particles which optionally occur as the left-most element of a verb-second clause
                (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TopologicalField</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TopologicalField</IRI>
            <name>field topological</name>
            <name>topological field</name>
            <desc> Topological fields are a descriptive formalism to describe regularities of the
                makro-structure of sentences, for example, in the traditional description of word
                order inseveral Germanic languages (e.g., German, Dutch, Danish). More recently,
                similar conceptions of topological fields have been further developed in the context
                of constructivistic grammar formalisms, e.g., Role and Reference Grammar (van Valin
                and LaPolla 1997). </desc>
            <desc>Telljohann et al. (2009, p.13)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WithFinite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WithFinite</IRI>
            <name>finite with</name>
            <name>with finite</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "weil" introduces a clause
                with a finite verb. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#First</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:First</IRI>
            <name>first</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/First</desc>
            <desc>First person deixis is deictic reference that refers to the speaker, or both the
                speaker and referents grouped with the speaker
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1288) cf. gold:First: Refers to the speaker and one
                or more nonparticipants, but not hearer(s). Contrasts with FirstPersonInclusive
                (Crystal 1997: 285). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/First) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Foreign</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Foreign</IRI>
            <name>foreign</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Category Residuals with Type="ForeignWord".</desc>
            <desc> A foreign word is a text word which lies outside the traditionally accepted range
                of grammatical classes, it occurs quite commonly in many texts and very commonly in
                some. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BaseForm</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BaseForm</IRI>
            <name>form base</name>
            <name>base form</name>
            <desc>SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)</desc>
            <desc> Strong inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens. In
                traditional English tagsets, e.g., SUSANNE or the PennTreeBank tagset, surface
                ambiguities are normally not resolved. Uninflected forms and forms that have the
                same form (e.g., "be" as an imperative) are tagged as BaseForm. (Ch. Chiarcos) Since
                it is impractical (...) to resolve automatically the ambiguity of these six
                morphological functions, it is a common practice to assign a single value to the
                base form, or else to assign two values, one for the finite and one for the
                non-finite functions. Because of this, the tables below show two tagsets: one tagset
                representing the 6 attribute-values above, and a reduced tagset (`RTags'), which
                resembles most tagsets so far used for the English language in reducing the six
                values to two.
                http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/morphsyn/node150.html#SECTION00054000000000000000
                BaseForm is not a characteristic of lexemes, but specific to certain forms in a
                complex paradigm. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Formula</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Formula</IRI>
            <name>formula</name>
            <desc>EAGLES category Residual with the attribute Type="Formula".</desc>
            <desc> A formula (mathematical formulae) is a text word which lies outside the
                traditionally accepted range of grammatical classes, it occurs quite commonly in
                many texts and very commonly in some.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Fraction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Fraction</IRI>
            <name>fraction</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral,
                http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#FractionalNumeral</desc>
            <desc>Numeral/Form="fractional" (Romanian)&lt;br/&gt; In traditional Romanian grammars,
                FractionalNumeral refers to expressions like treime-one third. (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., treisprezecimea/treisprezecime, treisprezecimi/treisprezecime,
                treisprezecimii/treisprezecime, treisprezecimile/treisprezecime,
                treisprezecimilor/treisprezecime, unsprezecimea/unsprezecime,
                unsprezecimi/unsprezecime, unsprezecimii/unsprezecime, unsprezecimile/unsprezecime
                (ro, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., يک‌چهارمِ/يک‌چهار يک‌پنجمِ/يک‌پنج (fa,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Fragment</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Fragment</IRI>
            <name>fragment</name>
            <desc>FRAG marks those portions of text that appear to be clauses, but lack too many
                essential elements for the exact structure to be easily determined (e.g., answers to
                questions). Predicate argument structure therefore cannot be extracted from FRAGs.
                (Bies et al. 1995) Sentence fragments that end with sentence- nal punctuation like
                Not even an earthquake. should not be bracketed as S, but only with the highest
                appropriate label|in this case, NP. Do not attach such fragments to the preceding or
                following full sentence. (Santorini 1991)</desc>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Fronting</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Fronting</IRI>
            <name>fronting</name>
            <desc>T-CODEX (Petrova 2008, http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#InitionalPosition)</desc>
            <desc>Expression occurs at the left periphery of the sentence. This includes various
                noncanonical and canonical word order possibilities. (Note that it is not restricted
                here to noncanonical word order; for noncanonical fronting see subconcepts, e.g.,
                Topicalization.) (Chiarcos)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticFunction</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticFunction</IRI>
            <name>function syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic function</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Future</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Future</IRI>
            <name>future</name>
            <desc> EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#futureTense,
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future </desc>
            <desc> The future tense refers to events that have yet to happen.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Future 17.11.06) The future tense refers to a tense
                category which places an event in the future.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#futureTense)
                FutureTense locates the situation in question later than the present moment (time of
                speaking.) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseFuture</IRI>
            <name>future close</name>
            <name>close future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/CloseFuture, classified as AbsoluteTense
                here</desc>
            <desc> Adopted from GOLD. No definition given. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HodiernalFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HodiernalFuture</IRI>
            <name>future hodiernal</name>
            <name>hodiernal future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalFuture, classified as Future here</desc>
            <desc> HodiernalFutureTense locates the situation in question after the moment of
                utterance within the span culturally defined as 'today' (Comrie 1985: 86; Bybee,
                Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 247). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalFuture)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PostHodiernalFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PostHodiernalFuture</IRI>
            <name>future hodiernal post</name>
            <name>post hodiernal future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PostHodiernalFuture, classified as Future
                here</desc>
            <desc> PostHodiernalFutureTense locates the situation in question after the span that is
                culturally defined as 'today' (Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 247).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PostHodiernalFuture) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImmediateFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImmediateFuture</IRI>
            <name>future immediate</name>
            <name>immediate future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediateFuture</desc>
            <desc> ImmediateFutureTense, also called 'close future', locates the situation in
                question shortly after the moment of utterance (Dahl 1985:121; Comrie 1985:94;
                Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 244-245).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediateFuture) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FutureInFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FutureInFuture</IRI>
            <name>future in future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInFuture, classified as absolute-relative
                tense here.</desc>
            <desc> FutureInFutureTense locates the situation in question in the future, relative to
                a temporal reference point that itself is located in the future relative to the
                moment of utterance. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInFuture) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PastInFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PastInFuture</IRI>
            <name>future in past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInFuture</desc>
            <desc> Locates the situation in question in the future, prior to a reference time in the
                future. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NearFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NearFuture</IRI>
            <name>future near</name>
            <name>near future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NearFuture, classified as Future here</desc>
            <desc> adopted from GOLD, no definition given there
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NearFuture) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RemoteFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RemoteFuture</IRI>
            <name>future remote</name>
            <name>remote future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemoteFuture, classified as Future here</desc>
            <desc> RemoteFutureTense locates the situation in question at a time that is considered
                relatively distant. It is characteristically after the span of time culturally
                defined as 'tomorrow' (Dahl 1985:121; Comrie 1985:94).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemoteFuture) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SimpleFuture</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SimpleFuture</IRI>
            <name>future simple</name>
            <name>simple future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future, cf.
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past</desc>
            <desc> FutureTense locates the situation in question after the present moment, with no
                specification on the distance in time. (adapted from the definition of
                http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Gapping</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Gapping</IRI>
            <name>gapping</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991)</desc>
            <desc> The term "gapping" refers to a form of coordination in which the coordinated
                phrases after the rst are incomplete. For instance, the gapped equivalent of the
                full coordination structure in (@18a) is given in ( 18b). ( 18) a. Mary likes Bach
                and Susan likes Beethoven. b. Mary likes Bach and Susan, Beethoven. Gapped sequences
                like Susan, Beethoven should be labelled X. On the other hand, while coordination
                constructions containing gapped sequences involve coordination of unlike categories,
                it is clear that the entire coordination structure is a clause; hence, it should be
                labelled S. (Santorini 1991) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AnimateGender</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AnimateGender</IRI>
            <name>gender animate</name>
            <name>animate gender</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Animate</desc>
            <desc> One of the two grammatical genders, or classes of nouns, the other being
                inanimate. Membership in the animate grammatical class is largely based on meanings,
                in that living things, including humans, animals, spirits, trees, and most plants
                are included in the animate class of nouns (Valentine 2001: 114).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Animate) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CommonGender</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CommonGender</IRI>
            <name>gender common</name>
            <name>common gender</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Common is an optional attribute for nouns in EAGLES. The Common gender contrasts
                with Neuter in a two-gender system e.g. Danish, Dutch. This value is also used for
                articles, pronouns and determiners especially for Danish.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2at 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InanimateGender</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InanimateGender</IRI>
            <name>gender inanimate</name>
            <name>inanimate gender</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inanimate</desc>
            <desc> One of the two grammatical genders, or noun classes, of Nishnaabemwin, the other
                being animate. Membership in the inanimate grammatical class is largely based on
                meaning, in that non-living things, such as objects of manufacture and natural
                'non-living' things are included in it (Valentine 2001: 114).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inanimate) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Gerund</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Gerund</IRI>
            <name>gerund</name>
            <desc>EAGLES NonFiniteVerb with VerbForm="Gerund"; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2243
                (gerundive)</desc>
            <desc> property for a non-finite form of a verb other than the infinitive.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2243) A gerund is a kind of verbal noun that exists
                in some languages. In today's English, gerunds are nouns built from a verb with an
                '-ing' suffix. They can be used as the subject of a sentence, an object, or an
                object of preposition. They can also be used to complement a subject. Often, gerunds
                exist side-by-side with nouns that come from the same root but the gerund and the
                common noun have different shades of meaning. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gerund,
                http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/English:Gerund 19.09.06) The term _gerund_ is
                ambiguous: with respect to Latin, in whose grammatical tradition it originates, it
                refers to a deverbal noun, and is needed in this function for Polish as well; in
                descriptions of some other languages, however, it has been used for an adverbial
                participle. The two meanings have nothing in common, except that the English
                _ing_-form can translate both. (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/09) Here, it is
                assumed that Gerund refers only to deverbal nouns, cf. NominalNonfiniteVerb in the
                IIIT tagset (http://purl.org/olia/iiit.owl#NominalNonFiniteVerb) </desc>
            <desc>cf. ILPOSTS NominalParticiple, for Indian languages, there in contrast with
                AdjectivalParticiple, AdverbialParticiple and ConditionalParticiple, but no
                definition provided. (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NominalParticiple)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Head</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Head</IRI>
            <name>head</name>
            <desc>TIGER edge label HD, definition according to Penn Treebank Bracketing Guidelines
                (Santorini 1991)</desc>
            <desc> Heads are single words that function as the nucleus of a phrase. For instance,
                the head of the noun phrase John’s book is book. Book is also the head of the more
                complex noun phrase that interesting book that you were telling me about the other
                day. The head of the verb phrase telling me about the other day is telling. The head
                of a prepositional phrase is the preposition. (Santorini 1991) </desc>
            <desc>TIGER edge label HD</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalHead</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalHead</IRI>
            <name>head verbal</name>
            <name>verbal head</name>
            <desc> A Verb (V) at the syntax layer is either a lexical (VLEX) or a copula verb (VCOP)
                at the POS layer. Modal verbs and auxiliaries are not annotated in the constituent
                structure. The verb and its arguments are placed at the same CSn layer. Raising and
                control verbs are treated like ordinary verbs. They subcategorize for a sentential
                complement. (Dipper et al 2007, §3.3.3) </desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al.
                2007)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Headline</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Headline</IRI>
            <name>headline</name>
            <desc>-HLN (headline) — marks headlines and datelines. Note that headlines and datelines
                always constitute a unit of text that is structurally independent from the following
                sentence. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Honorific</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Honorific</IRI>
            <name>honorific</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2347</desc>
            <desc> special form of language used when talking about those in positions of social
                situation (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2347) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondNonHonorific</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondNonHonorific</IRI>
            <name>honorific non second</name>
            <name>second non honorific</name>
            <desc>Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages,
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonHonorific</desc>
            <desc>TOCHECK: is SecondNonHonorific different from SecondFamiliar ?</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondHonorific</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondHonorific</IRI>
            <name>honorific second</name>
            <name>second honorific</name>
            <desc>Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages,
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Honorific</desc>
            <desc>TOCHECK: is SecondHonorific different from SecondPolite ?</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Human</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Human</IRI>
            <name>human</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Human</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Hyphen</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Hyphen</IRI>
            <name>hyphen</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2077</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is graphically presented as "-".
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2077) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Image</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Image</IRI>
            <name>image</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2249</desc>
            <desc> graphical representation (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2249) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Imperfect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Imperfect</IRI>
            <name>imperfect</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1304</desc>
            <desc> Verb tense that refers to action in the past that is incomplete or ongoing.
                (www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1304) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf grammaticalTense (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Inanimate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Inanimate</IRI>
            <name>inanimate</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1952</desc>
            <desc> Perceived as not living. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1952) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#zuInclusion</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:zuInclusion</IRI>
            <name>inclusion zu</name>
            <name>zu inclusion</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1954</desc>
            <desc> Inclusion of zu. (DFKI; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1954) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Inclusive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Inclusive</IRI>
            <name>inclusive</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FirstInclusive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FirstInclusive</IRI>
            <name>inclusive first</name>
            <name>first inclusive</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstInclusive, modelled here as subconcept of
                First </desc>
            <desc> Refers to the speaker, hearer(s) and possibly others. Contrasts with
                FirstPersonExclusive (Crystal 1997: 285).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstInclusive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Indefinite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Indefinite</IRI>
            <name>indefinite</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indefinite</desc>
            <desc> An entity is specified as indefinite when it refers to a non-particularized
                individual of the species denoted by the noun.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indefinite)
                Indefinite noun phrases are used to refer to entities which are not specific and
                identifiable in a given context. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Definiteness
                20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WithInfinite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WithInfinite</IRI>
            <name>infinite with</name>
            <name>with infinite</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "ohne" ("zu"...) is followed
                by an infinitive. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunctionWithInfinite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunctionWithInfinite</IRI>
            <name>infinite with conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction with infinite</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "ohne" ("zu"...) is followed
                by an infinitive. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Infinitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Infinitive</IRI>
            <name>infinitive</name>
            <desc>EAGLES NonFiniteVerbs with VerbForm="Infinitive"</desc>
            <desc> An infinitive is the base form of a verb. It is unmarked for inflectional
                categories such as the following: Aspect, Modality, Number, Person and Tense.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnInfinitive.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmbeddedInfinitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmbeddedInfinitive</IRI>
            <name>infinitive embedded</name>
            <name>embedded infinitive</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withInfinitiveAsHead,
                http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#InfinitivalClause</desc>
            <desc> An infinitive is the head of the embedded construction.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withInfinitiveAsHead)
                Infinitival relatives. See section 14 [Infinitives] for more information. (NP (NP a
                movie) (SBAR (WHNP-1 0) (S (NP-SBJ *) (VP to (VP see (NP *T*-1)))))) (Bies et al.
                1995) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Infix</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Infix</IRI>
            <name>infix</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1313</desc>
            <desc> Affix inserted in the middle of a word to change its meaning or part of speech
                value. (Sue Ellen Wright; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1313) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Inflected</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Inflected</IRI>
            <name>inflected</name>
            <desc>Chiarcos</desc>
            <desc> see subclasses </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MixedInflection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MixedInflection</IRI>
            <name>inflection mixed</name>
            <name>mixed inflection</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> German mixed inflection takes its name from the fact that it has endings from
                both the strong inflection and the weak inflection. The mixed inflection is used
                after the indefinite article "ein" and after "irgendein" e.g. "(irgend) ein kleines
                Kind", after "kein" or after possessive pronouns e.g. "ihr kleines Kind".
                (http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Gemischt.html?MenuId=Word3132
                20.11.06) Mixed inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonreducedInflection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonreducedInflection</IRI>
            <name>inflection nonreduced</name>
            <name>nonreduced inflection</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CompoundAdjective</desc>
            <desc>Nonreduced adjective inflection of Slavic languages, e.g., Czech
                nejubožejšími/ubohý, nejvyspělejších/vyspělý, nejvyšších/vysoký,
                nejvznešenějšímu/vznešený, nejvážnějšímu/vážný, nejvýznamnějších/významný,
                nejvýznamnějšími/významný, nejvýznamnějšímu/významný, největšími/velký
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CompoundAdjective)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReducedInflection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReducedInflection</IRI>
            <name>inflection reduced</name>
            <name>reduced inflection</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NominalAdjective</desc>
            <desc>Reduced adjective inflection of Slavic languages, e.g., Czech e.g.,
                brillská/brillský, neznámo/neznámý, samo/sám, samy/sám
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NominalAdjective)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StrongInflection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StrongInflection</IRI>
            <name>inflection strong</name>
            <name>strong inflection</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> In German (and other Germanic languages), when gender, number and case are not
                expressed by a determiner, the adjective takes the endings of the strong inflection.
                (http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Stark.html
                20.11.06) Strong inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WeakInflection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WeakInflection</IRI>
            <name>inflection weak</name>
            <name>weak inflection</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> German adjectives take the endings of the weak inflection when a determiner
                expresses number, gender and case. The weak adjective inflection has only two
                endings: –e and –en.
                (http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Schwach.html
                20.11.06) In other Germanic languages, similar systems exist. Weak inflection is a
                characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Initial</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Initial</IRI>
            <name>initial</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> When two distinct words occur, as in German "weder...noch...", then the first is
                given the Initial value. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonInitial</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonInitial</IRI>
            <name>initial non</name>
            <name>non initial</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> When two distinct words occur, as in German weder...noch..., then the second is
                given the Non-initial value.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Initialism</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Initialism</IRI>
            <name>initialism</name>
            <desc>adopted from ubyPos.owl</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Interjection</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Interjection</IRI>
            <name>interjection</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Interjection (I).</desc>
            <desc> An interjection is a form, typically brief, such as one syllable or word, which
                is used most often as an exclamation or part of an exclamation. It typically
                expresses an emotional reaction, often with respect to an accompanying sentence and
                may include a combination of sounds not otherwise found in the language, e.g. in
                English: psst; ugh; well, well
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnInterjection.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Intransitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Intransitive</IRI>
            <name>intransitive</name>
            <desc>SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)</desc>
            <desc> A predicate/verb that takes one argument, e.g., English "to go", cf. van Valin
                and Lapolla (1997). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WordOrderInverse</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WordOrderInverse</IRI>
            <name>inverse order word</name>
            <name>word order inverse</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>SINV|Inverted declarative sentence, i.e. one in which the subject follows the
                verb. See Section 5.19. (Santorini 1991) The SINV label is used for
                subject-auxiliary inversion in the case of negative inversion, conditional
                inversion, locative inversion, and some topicalizations. ... SINV
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Inverted declarative sentence, i.e. one in which the subject
                follows the tensed verb or modal. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Letter</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Letter</IRI>
            <name>letter</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1889</desc>
            <desc> Letter. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1889) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Lexeme</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Lexeme</IRI>
            <name>lexeme</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1325</desc>
            <desc> Minimal unit of language which : has a semantic interpretation and embodies a
                distinct cultural concept.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsALexeme.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1325) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Macron</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Macron</IRI>
            <name>macron</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1327</desc>
            <desc> Mark placed over a long vowel to mark quantity.
                (www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1327) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuestionMark</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuestionMark</IRI>
            <name>mark question</name>
            <name>question mark</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1444</desc>
            <desc> Sign used to express a question. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1444) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InvertedQuestionMark</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InvertedQuestionMark</IRI>
            <name>mark question inverted</name>
            <name>inverted question mark</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2088</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation used in certain languages at the beginning of an interrogative
                sentence. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2088) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DiscourseMarker</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DiscourseMarker</IRI>
            <name>marker discourse</name>
            <name>discourse marker</name>
            <desc>Introduced in accordance with the TIGER and TüBa-D/Z annotation schemes (syntactic
                edge label)</desc>
            <desc> Generally, discourse markers are expressions or phrases of greeting, apologizing,
                thanking, short emotional utterances, and interjections. Their node label is DM. ...
                Typical discourse markers are: ja, nein, hallo, oh, aha, pst, nunja, gewiß, toll,
                nun ja, etc. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p. 136) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ListMarker</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ListMarker</IRI>
            <name>marker list</name>
            <name>list marker</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>LST — List marker. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InflectedWithOvertMarker</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InflectedWithOvertMarker</IRI>
            <name>marker overt with inflected</name>
            <name>inflected with overt marker</name>
            <desc>Chiarcos, motivated by BaseForm in SUSANNE (Sampson 1995) and related schemes; cf.
                http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#MarkedForGender</desc>
            <desc> An inflected form with overt morphological marking (as opposed to the base form
                and lexemes that do not inflect at all). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Masculine</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Masculine</IRI>
            <name>masculine</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#masculineGender</desc>
            <desc> Masculine gender is a grammatical gender that marks nouns, articles, pronouns,
                etc. having human or animal male referents, and often marks nouns having referents
                that do not have distinctions of sex.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsMasculineGender.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DeponentMiddle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DeponentMiddle</IRI>
            <name>middle deponent</name>
            <name>deponent middle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DeponentMiddle</desc>
            <desc> Action denotes physical/mental disposition of subject. (Siewierska 1988:257)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DeponentMiddle) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NucleonicMiddle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NucleonicMiddle</IRI>
            <name>middle nucleonic</name>
            <name>nucleonic middle</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NucleonicMiddle </desc>
            <desc> Object of action belongs to. Moves into, or moves from sphere of subject.
                (Siewierska 1988:257) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NucleonicMiddle) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PlainMiddle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PlainMiddle</IRI>
            <name>middle plain</name>
            <name>plain middle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PlainMiddle</desc>
            <desc> Results of action occur to subject. (Siewierska 1988:257)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PlainMiddle) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReciprocalMiddle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReciprocalMiddle</IRI>
            <name>middle reciprocal</name>
            <name>reciprocal middle</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReciprocalMiddle </desc>
            <desc> Referents of plural subject do action to one another. (Siewierska 1988:257)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReciprocalMiddle) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexiveMiddle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexiveMiddle</IRI>
            <name>middle reflexive</name>
            <name>reflexive middle</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexiveMiddle, but the definition given there
                ("Subjects perform action to self") may be oversimplistic as it entails that
                ReflectiveMiddle is the *same* as Reflexive. In my current understanding, reflexive
                middle is a middle construction that makes use of grammatical devices that normally
                indicate reflexivity, cf. the definition of ReflexivePassive. The definition given
                below is a generalization that covers the original definition as well. </desc>
            <desc>TODO: Check Siewierska (1988:257)</desc>
            <desc> Reflexive middle makes use of grammatical devices that normally indicate
                reflexivity. (Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbilitativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbilitativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality abilitative</name>
            <name>abilitative modality</name>
            <desc>Adopted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages),
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#AbilitativeMood</desc>
            <desc>modality expressed by AbilitativeMood: Abilitative is a mood that indicates
                ability, comparable to the use of "can" in English.
                (http://zbb.spinnwebe.com/viewtopic.php?f=7&amp;t=34901)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ActionalModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ActionalModality</IRI>
            <name>modality actional</name>
            <name>actional modality</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdmonitiveModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdmonitiveModality</IRI>
            <name>modality admonitive</name>
            <name>admonitive modality</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#admonitiveModality </desc>
            <desc> Expression of warning (Bybee 1985:22)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#admonitiveModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CausalModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CausalModality</IRI>
            <name>modality causal</name>
            <name>causal modality</name>
            <desc>Nowak (1996)</desc>
            <desc>In Inuktitut, causality is expressed by verbal inflection. Causal mood signifies
                causal relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39) Elke Nowak (1996),
                Transforming the images: Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter
                de Gruyter, Berlin. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalModality</IRI>
            <name>modality conditional</name>
            <name>conditional modality</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258</desc>
            <desc> In Inuktitut, conditionality is expressed by verbal inflection. Conditional mood
                signifies conditional relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39) A conditional
                relation is a logical relation in which the illocutionary act employing one of a
                pair of propositions is expressed or implied to be true or in force if the other
                proposition is true.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConditionalRelation.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258) Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images:
                Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.</desc>
            <desc>subClassOf verbFormMood (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DeclarativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DeclarativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality declarative</name>
            <name>declarative modality</name>
            <desc>generalization over DeclarativeMood</desc>
            <desc> Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it predicates a
                type of (formal) assertion (OED).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#declarativeModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DubitiveModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DubitiveModality</IRI>
            <name>modality dubitive</name>
            <name>dubitive modality</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive</desc>
            <desc> DubitiveMood indicates a speaker's doubt or uncertainty about a proposition
                (Palmer 2001). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImperativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImperativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality imperative</name>
            <name>imperative modality</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperativeModality</desc>
            <desc> Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it predicates a
                command, request, or exhortation (OED).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperativeModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative modality</name>
            <desc>
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#interrogativeModality </desc>
            <desc> The interrogative modality serves to indicate interrogative quality.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#interrogativeModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IrrealisModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IrrealisModality</IRI>
            <name>modality irrealis</name>
            <name>irrealis modality</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality</desc>
            <desc> Irrealis modality indicates the situation to which it pertains is non-actual or
                non-factual.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalIrrealisModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalIrrealisModality</IRI>
            <name>modality irrealis conditional</name>
            <name>conditional irrealis modality</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonReal is restricted
                to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood</desc>
            <desc>Conditional Mood (modality) with Irrealis meaning (ILPOSTS)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OptativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OptativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality optative</name>
            <name>optative modality</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#optativeModality </desc>
            <desc> Optative indicates that the speaker wishes or hopes that the expressed
                proposition be the case (Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 179; Palmer 2001: 204).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PresumptiveModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PresumptiveModality</IRI>
            <name>modality presumptive</name>
            <name>presumptive modality</name>
            <desc>adopted from ILPOSTS (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PresumptiveMood) for Indian
                languages</desc>
            <desc>The presumptive mood is used in Romanian to express presupposition or hypothesis
                regarding the fact denoted by the verb, as well as other more or less similar
                attitudes: doubt, curiosity, concern, condition, indifference, inevitability. For
                example, acolo s-o fi dus "he might have gone there" shows the basic presupposition
                use, while the following excerpt from a poem by Eminescu shows the use both in a
                conditional clause de-o fi "suppose it is" and in a main clause showing an attitude
                of submission to fate le-om duce "we would bear". De-o fi una, de-o fi alta... Ce e
                scris și pentru noi, Bucuroși le-om duce toate, de e pace, de-i război. Be it one,
                be it the other... Whatever fate we have, We will gladly go through all, be it peace
                or be it war (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irrealis_mood#Presumptive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuotativeModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuotativeModality</IRI>
            <name>modality quotative</name>
            <name>quotative modality</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Quotative, MTE VForm="quotative"
                (Estonian)</desc>
            <desc>A quotative is grammatical device to mark reported speech in some languages
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotative), e.g., in Estonian.&lt;br/&gt; ‘Reportedly,
                while he was going (in his boat), he turned over.’ Ta olevat oma paadiga ümber
                läinud He was_QUOTATIVE his_own boat_WITH over gone.&lt;br/&gt; (Estonian
                translation of an example given under
                http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuotativeEvidential.htm)
                (Heiki-Jaan.Kaalep, email 2010/06/22)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalRealisModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalRealisModality</IRI>
            <name>modality realis conditional</name>
            <name>conditional realis modality</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Real is restricted to
                conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood</desc>
            <desc>Conditional Mood (modality) with Realis meaning (ILPOSTS)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubjunctiveModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubjunctiveModality</IRI>
            <name>modality subjunctive</name>
            <name>subjunctive modality</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subjunctive,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subjunctiveModality </desc>
            <desc> The subjunctive is the mood that is minimally marked as opposed to the indicative
                and that marks a clause as not directly representing an assertion of the speaker.
                (http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&amp;file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet
                Subjunktiv 18.06.07) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TimitiveModality</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TimitiveModality</IRI>
            <name>modality timitive</name>
            <name>timitive modality</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive</desc>
            <desc> TimitiveMood expresses that the speaker fears something expressed in what is said
                (Palmer 2001: 13, 22). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Modifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Modifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER, equivalent to SyntacticAdjunct, cf. definition by
                Dipper et al. (2007) there</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdjectivalModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdjectivalModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier adjectival</name>
            <name>adjectival modifier</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adjectivalModifier</desc>
            <desc> A nominal is modified by an adjective.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adjectivalModifier)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdverbialModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdverbialModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier adverbial</name>
            <name>adverbial modifier</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adverbialModifier</desc>
            <desc> An adverbial modifier modifies a verb.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adverbialModifier)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DemonstrativeModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DemonstrativeModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier demonstrative</name>
            <name>demonstrative modifier</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#demonstrativeModifier</desc>
            <desc> A nominal is modified by a demonstrative.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#demonstrativeModifier)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PostNominalModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PostNominalModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier nominal post</name>
            <name>post nominal modifier</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, NPFunction="postmodifying", http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1945 (without
                restriction on nominal heads ?)</desc>
            <desc> Postmodifying is a function of an adjective that can modify, describe, or qualify
                a preceding noun. (EAGLES) modificationType: Refers to the prenominal or postnominal
                positions of determiners which distinguish different forms.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1931)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PreNominalModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PreNominalModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier nominal pre</name>
            <name>pre nominal modifier</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, NPFunction="premodifying", cf. http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1943
                (preModifier, but without reference to nominal heads)</desc>
            <desc> Premodifying is a function of an adjective that can modify a following noun.
                (EAGLES) modificationType: Refers to the prenominal or postnominal positions of
                determiners which distinguish different forms.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1931)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NumeralModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NumeralModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier numeral</name>
            <name>numeral modifier</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#numeralModifier</desc>
            <desc> A nominal is modified by a numeral.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#numeralModifier)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RhetoricalModifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RhetoricalModifier</IRI>
            <name>modifier rhetorical</name>
            <name>rhetorical modifier</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check definition</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalMood</IRI>
            <name>mood conditional</name>
            <name>conditional mood</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258</desc>
            <desc> In Inuktitut, conditionality is expressed by verbal inflection. Conditional mood
                signifies conditional relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39) A conditional
                relation is a logical relation in which the illocutionary act employing one of a
                pair of propositions is expressed or implied to be true or in force if the other
                proposition is true.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConditionalRelation.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258) Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images:
                Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.</desc>
            <desc>subClassOf verbFormMood (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndicativeMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndicativeMood</IRI>
            <name>mood indicative</name>
            <name>indicative mood</name>
            <desc>TODO: check relationship with DeclarativeMood</desc>
            <desc> The indicative is the unmarked mood. It is used when no special modal nuance in
                the clause or sentence is intended. It is the default mood of independent
                declarative and often also of interrogative sentences.
                (http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&amp;file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet
                Indikativ 18.06.07) Expression of assertion. (Bybee 1985:22) Pertaining to the mood
                or mode of a verb form or clause such that it predicates a stated relation of
                objective fact (OED).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indicativeModality) </desc>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Indicative,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indicativeModality
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IrrealisMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IrrealisMood</IRI>
            <name>mood irrealis</name>
            <name>irrealis mood</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality</desc>
            <desc> Irrealis modality indicates the situation to which it pertains is non-actual or
                non-factual.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalIrrealisMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalIrrealisMood</IRI>
            <name>mood irrealis conditional</name>
            <name>conditional irrealis mood</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonReal is restricted
                to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood</desc>
            <desc>Conditional Mood (modality) with Irrealis meaning (ILPOSTS)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OptativeMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OptativeMood</IRI>
            <name>mood optative</name>
            <name>optative mood</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#optativeModality </desc>
            <desc> Optative indicates that the speaker wishes or hopes that the expressed
                proposition be the case (Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 179; Palmer 2001: 204).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PresumptiveMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PresumptiveMood</IRI>
            <name>mood presumptive</name>
            <name>presumptive mood</name>
            <desc>adopted from ILPOSTS (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PresumptiveMood) for Indian
                languages</desc>
            <desc>The presumptive mood is used in Romanian to express presupposition or hypothesis
                regarding the fact denoted by the verb, as well as other more or less similar
                attitudes: doubt, curiosity, concern, condition, indifference, inevitability. For
                example, acolo s-o fi dus "he might have gone there" shows the basic presupposition
                use, while the following excerpt from a poem by Eminescu shows the use both in a
                conditional clause de-o fi "suppose it is" and in a main clause showing an attitude
                of submission to fate le-om duce "we would bear". De-o fi una, de-o fi alta... Ce e
                scris și pentru noi, Bucuroși le-om duce toate, de e pace, de-i război. Be it one,
                be it the other... Whatever fate we have, We will gladly go through all, be it peace
                or be it war (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irrealis_mood#Presumptive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalRealisMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalRealisMood</IRI>
            <name>mood realis conditional</name>
            <name>conditional realis mood</name>
            <desc>ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Real is restricted to
                conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood</desc>
            <desc>Conditional Mood (modality) with Realis meaning (ILPOSTS)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubjunctiveMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubjunctiveMood</IRI>
            <name>mood subjunctive</name>
            <name>subjunctive mood</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subjunctive,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subjunctiveModality </desc>
            <desc> The subjunctive is the mood that is minimally marked as opposed to the indicative
                and that marks a clause as not directly representing an assertion of the speaker.
                (http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&amp;file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet
                Subjunktiv 18.06.07) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TimitiveMood</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TimitiveMood</IRI>
            <name>mood timitive</name>
            <name>timitive mood</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive</desc>
            <desc> TimitiveMood expresses that the speaker fears something expressed in what is said
                (Palmer 2001: 13, 22). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Morpheme</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Morpheme</IRI>
            <name>morpheme</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1330</desc>
            <desc> A morpheme is the smallest meaningful unit in the grammar of a language.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAMorpheme.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1330) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HeadOfNP</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HeadOfNP</IRI>
            <name>np of head</name>
            <name>head of np</name>
            <desc>EAGLES NPFunction="head"</desc>
            <desc> The HeadFunction is a function of an adjective or participle that can serve as
                the focus of the phrase. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FamilyName</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FamilyName</IRI>
            <name>name family</name>
            <name>family name</name>
            <desc> introduced as generalization over
                http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl#nounProperSecondName </desc>
            <desc> In most European cultures, family names have been introduced into name formulas
                to identify a person's family, so that individuals with the same given name can be
                distinguished. (CC) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GivenName</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GivenName</IRI>
            <name>name given</name>
            <name>given name</name>
            <desc> introduced as generalization over
                http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl#nounProperFirstName </desc>
            <desc> In most European cultures, a given name designates an individual person
                throughout her/his life span. To distinguish people with the same name but from
                different families, additional elements have been introduced into name formulas that
                identify a person's family or ancestry. (CC) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonNegated</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonNegated</IRI>
            <name>negated non</name>
            <name>non negated</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonNegated</desc>
            <desc>Non-negated verbs carry no morphological marks of negation. In Resian, negative is
                always marked as 'no' except for two verbs: 'nïman' / not to have, 'nïsi' / not to
                be. In Slovak, verbs form negative by prefix 'ne-', with the exception of the verb
                "byť" (E. "to be") which forms the negative in indicative by using separate particle
                "nie", e.g. "nie je" (is not). Here, "je" would be marked as negative, despite
                having positive form. (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonNegated)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Negation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Negation</IRI>
            <name>negation</name>
            <desc>denotes the negation or the absence (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1839)
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Negated: Negative="yes" encodes negative
                verbal word-forms in Slavic languages and Estonian. (MTE v4) In Slovak, for example,
                verbs form negative by prefix 'ne-', with the exception of the verb "byť" (E. "to
                be") which forms the negative in indicative by using separate particle "nie", e.g.
                "nie je" (is not). Here, Slovak "je" would be marked as negative, despite having
                positive form. In Resian, negative is always marked as 'n' except for two verbs:
                'nïman' / not to have, 'nïsi' / not to be. (MTE v4)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunctionWithNegation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunctionWithNegation</IRI>
            <name>negation with conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction with negation</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeSubordinatingConjunction</desc>
            <desc>Conjunction/Sub_Type="negative" (Romanian, Serbian, Russian) In Romanian, each
                conjunction requires another mood, so that the diversity may be controlled by
                subcategorisation rules. The attribute Sub_Type distinguishes among the positive and
                negative conjunctions, providing means to control verbal double negation, (as in
                case of the negative pronouns, determiners and adverbs): nici NU am venit, nimeni NU
                vorbeşte, nici_un tren N-a trecut, nicăieri N-am văzut (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeSubordinatingConjunction)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubordinatingConjunctionWithoutNegation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubordinatingConjunctionWithoutNegation</IRI>
            <name>negation without conjunction subordinating</name>
            <name>subordinating conjunction without negation</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PositiveSubordinatingConjunction</desc>
            <desc>Conjunction/Sub_Type="negative" (Romanian, Serbian, Russian) In Romanian, each
                conjunction requires another mood, so that the diversity may be controlled by
                subcategorisation rules. The attribute Sub_Type distinguishes among the positive and
                negative conjunctions, providing means to control verbal double negation, (as in
                case of the negative pronouns, determiners and adverbs): nici NU am venit, nimeni NU
                vorbeşte, nici_un tren N-a trecut, nicăieri N-am văzut (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PositiveSubordinatingConjunction)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Neuter</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Neuter</IRI>
            <name>neuter</name>
            <desc> EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#neuterGender </desc>
            <desc> Neuter gender is a grammatical gender that includes those nouns, articles,
                pronouns, etc. having referents which do not have distinctions of sex, and often
                includes some which do have a natural sex distinction.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsNeuterGender.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Nominal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Nominal</IRI>
            <name>nominal</name>
            <desc>Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>-NOM (nominal) — marks free (“headless”) relatives and gerunds when they act
                nominally. (See section 9 [WH-Phrases] for more information about free relatives,
                and section 13 [Gerunds and Participles] for more information about gerunds.) (Bies
                et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Nominative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Nominative</IRI>
            <name>nominative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> In nominative-accusative languages, nominative case marks clausal subjects and is
                applies to nouns in isolation.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsNominativeCase.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Nonspecific</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Nonspecific</IRI>
            <name>nonspecific</name>
            <desc>see olia:NonspecificArticle,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun</desc>
            <desc>"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the two readings
                of English indefinites like (3): (3) Iʼm looking for a deer. In the specific reading
                there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am looking for. In the non-specific
                reading I will be happy to find any deer. Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in
                English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either
                reading of (3) a deer is being introduced as a new discourse referent. This is
                opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm
                looking for the deer.ʼ In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In
                Klallam, the specific demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite." (Montler,
                Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International
                Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British
                Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific
                determiners in Klallam, a Salish language,
                http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf) A nonspecific pronoun refers to an
                unidentified or general entity (e.g., "I saw *someone*", "I saw *everyone*"). A
                nonspecific pronoun is not, therefore, a personal pronoun, but an indefinite one.
                (Andrews 2003). Andrews, Richard J. (2003), Introduction to Classical Nahuatl.
                University of Oklahoma Press. Halliday, M.A.K. (1985), An introduction to Functional
                Grammar, London: Edward Arnold
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Noun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Noun</IRI>
            <name>noun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category "Noun".</desc>
            <desc> A noun, or noun substantive, is a part of speech (a word or phrase) which can
                co-occur with (in)definite articles and attributive adjectives, and function as the
                head of a noun phrase. The word "noun" derives from the Latin 'nomen' meaning
                "name", and a traditional definition of nouns is that they are all and only those
                expressions that refer to a person, place, thing, event, substance, quality, idea or
                an appointment. They serve as the subject or object of a verb, and the object of a
                preposition. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CommonNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CommonNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun common</name>
            <name>common noun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Noun with Type="Common". </desc>
            <desc> A common noun is a noun that signifies a non-specific member of a group.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACommonNoun.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CountableNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CountableNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun countable</name>
            <name>countable noun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Noun with Countability="Countable". </desc>
            <desc> A countable noun (also count noun) is a noun which can be modified by a numeral
                and occur in both singular and plural form, as well as co-occurring with
                quantificational determiners like every, each, several, most, etc..
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countable_noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DiminutiveNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DiminutiveNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun diminutive</name>
            <name>diminutive noun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2225</desc>
            <desc> diminutive noun (MIRACL LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2225) </desc>
            <desc> subClassOf noun (dcif:isA); can be proper name (German Julchen from Julia,
                Russian Olichka from Olga) or common noun (German Blümchen from Blume "flower",
                Russian yozhik from yozh "hedgehock") </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MassNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MassNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun mass</name>
            <name>mass noun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Noun with Countability="Mass". </desc>
            <desc> A mass noun (also uncountable noun or non-count noun) can't be modified by a
                numeral, occur in singular/plural or co-occur with the relevant kind of determiner.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mass_noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProperNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProperNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun proper</name>
            <name>proper noun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelationNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelationNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun relation</name>
            <name>relation noun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2226</desc>
            <desc> relation noun (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2226) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SpatiotemporalNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SpatiotemporalNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun spatiotemporal</name>
            <name>spatiotemporal noun</name>
            <desc>adopted from Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#SpatiotemporalNoun</desc>
            <desc> NLOC Noun Location This is an entirely new tag introduced to cover an important
                phenomenon of Indian Languages. Words like 'Age', 'upara', 'pahele', 'bAda', etc.
                are used in various ways in Hindi. 1. They act as a postposition along with 'ke'
                e.g. ghade ke upara thAlI rakhI HE. ("pot" "on" "plate" "kept" "is") Here 'ke upara'
                is a post position which is the direct equivalent of the English preposition 'on'.
                2. They also act as adverbs. e.g. tuma upara jAo. ("You" "up" "go") Here 'upara' is
                an adverbial of place. 3. These words also take post positions themselves and so in
                some sense behave like nouns. e.g. vaHa upara se AyA. ("He" "above" "from" "came")
                4. As pointed out in 3. above, these words take postpositions and act as arguments
                of the verb in the sentence. And they also take a post position to join with a
                another noun. So in that sense also they behave like nouns. e.g. upara kA HissA
                ("above" "of" "portion") To tag such words one option is to tag them according to
                the category to which they belong in the given sentence. For example in 1. above,
                the word is occurring as a postposition so can be marked as a postposition. In
                example 2. above, it is an adverb so can be marked as an adverb and so on. But we
                feel that these words are more like nouns as is evident from 3. and 4. above, and
                also if we consider for examples, 'aage', 'upara', etc. as places which are in
                front, up, etc then we can tag them as nouns. But these are not pure nouns. They are
                nouns which indicate a location or time. These also function as adverbs or
                prepositions in a context. So a new tag NLOC is introduced for such words. This tag
                will cater to a finite set of such words. set: (Age, piche, upara, nIce, bAda,
                pahele) ("front", "behind", "above", "below", "before") Such words if tagged
                according to their syntactic function, it will hamper machine learning. So a single
                tag, NLOC has been devised for such words which indicate location and time. e.g.,
                (upara, Age, pahele, bAda) (IIIT (2007), A Part of Speech Tagger for Indian
                Languages (POS tagger), Tagset developed at IIIT - Hyderabad after consultations
                with several institutions through two workshops. available under
                http://shiva.iiit.ac.in/SPSAL2007/iiit_tagset_guidelines.pdf) </desc>
            <desc> Noun denoting spatial and temporal expressions "A tag NST has been included to
                cover an important phenomenon of Indian languages. Certain expressions such as
                'Upara' (above/up), 'nIce' (below) 'pahale' (before), 'Age' (front) etc are content
                words denoting time and space. These expressions, however, are used in various ways.
                For example, 5.1.2.1 These words often occur as temporal or spatial arguments of a
                verb in a given sentence taking the appropriate vibhakti (case marker): h3. vaha
                Upara so rahA thA . 'he' 'upstairs' 'sleep' 'PROG' 'was' “He was sleepign upstairs”.
                h4. vaha pahale se kamare meM bEThA thA . 'he' 'beforehand' 'from' ' room' 'in'
                'sitting' 'was' “He was sitting in the room from beforehand” h5. tuma bAhara bETho
                'you' 'outside' 'sit' “You sit outside”. Apart from functioning like an argument of
                a verb, these elements also modify another noun taking postposition 'kA'. h6. usakA
                baDZA bhAI Upara ke hisse meM rahatA hE 'his' 'elder' 'brother' 'upstairs' 'of'
                'portion' 'in' 'live' 'PRES' “His elder brother lives in the upper portion of the
                house”. 5.1.2.2 Apart from occuring as a nominal expression, they also occur as a
                part of a postposition along with 'ke'. For example, h7. ghaDZe ke Upara thAlI rakhI
                hE. 'pot' 'of' 'above' 'plate' 'kept' 'is' The plate is kept on the pot”. h8. tuma
                ghara ke bAhara bETho 'you' 'home' 'of' 'outside' 'sit' “You sit outside the house”.
                'Upara' and 'bAhara' are parts of complex postpositions 'ke Upara' and 'ke bAhara'
                in (h6) and (h7) respectively which can be translated into English prepositions 'on'
                and 'outside'. For tagging such words, one possible option is to tag them according
                to their syntactic function in the given context. For example in 5.2.2 (h7) above,
                the word 'Upara' is occurring as part of a postposition or a relation marker. It
                can, therefore, be marked as a postposition. Similarly, in 5.2.1. (h3) and (h6)
                above, it is a noun, therefore, mark it as a noun and so on. Alternatively, since
                these words are more like nouns, as is evident from 5.2.1 above they can be tagged
                as nouns in all there occurrences. The same would apply to 'bAhAra' (outside) in
                examples examples (h4), (h5) and (h8). However, if we follow any of the above
                approaches we miss out on the fact that this class of words is slightly different
                from other nouns. These are nouns which indicate 'location' or 'time'. At the same
                time, they also function as postpositions in certain contexts. Moreover, such words,
                if tagged according to their syntactic function, will hamper machine learning.
                Considering their special status, it was considered whether to introduce a new tag,
                NST, for such expressions. The following five possibilities were discussed : a) Tag
                both (h5) &amp; (h8) as NN b) Tag both (h5) &amp; (h8) as NST c) Tag (h5) as NN
                &amp; (h8) as NST d) Tag (h5) as NST &amp; (h8) as PSP e) Tag (h5) as NN &amp; (h8)
                as PSP After considering all the above, the decision was taken in favour of (b). The
                decision was primarily based on the following observations: (i) 'bAhara' in both
                (h5) and (h8) denotes the same expression (place expression 'outside') (ii) In both
                (h5) and (h8), 'bAhara' can take a vibhakti like a noun ( bAhara ko bETho, ghara ke
                bAhara ko bETho) (iii) If a single tag is kept for both the usages, the decision
                making for annotators would also be easier. Therefore, a new tag NST is introduced
                for such expressions. The tag NST will be used for a finite set of such words in any
                language. For example, Hindi has Age (front), pIche (behind), Upara
                (above/upstairs), nIce (below/down), bAda (after), pahale (before), andara (inside),
                bAhara (outside) etc." (Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev
                Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk
                Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre
                IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006,
                http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun verbal</name>
            <name>verbal noun</name>
            <desc> Missing in EAGLES, added as subclass of Verb and Noun in accordance with the
                SFB632 annotation guidelines: VN verbal noun (§4.3.12.2): Some of the Chadic
                languages have morphologically opaque verbal noun stems in the progresive aspect,
                i.e. it is not obvious from the morphology that we deal with a deverbal noun,
                instead of a verb proper. In such cases, use the tag VN. </desc>
            <desc>A verbal noun is a noun formed directly as an inflexion of a verb or a verb stem,
                sharing at least in part its constructions. This term is applied especially to
                gerunds, and sometimes also to infinitives and supines.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbal_noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VoiceNoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VoiceNoun</IRI>
            <name>noun voice</name>
            <name>voice noun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2253</desc>
            <desc> noun of a voice (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2253) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CardinalNumber</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CardinalNumber</IRI>
            <name>number cardinal</name>
            <name>cardinal number</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Numeral with Type="Cardinal".</desc>
            <desc> A cardinal numeral is a numeral of the class whose members are considered basic
                in form, used in counting, and used in expressing how many objects are referred to.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACardinalNumeral.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CountNumber</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CountNumber</IRI>
            <name>number count</name>
            <name>count number</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CountNumber</desc>
            <desc>MULTEXT-East feature Number="count" (Nouns in Serbian, Macedonian, Bulgarian),
                e.g., Bulgarian яка/як, язовира/язовир, яда/яд, юргана/юрган, юбилея/юбилей,
                ъгъла/ъгъл (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CountNumber)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OrdinalNumber</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OrdinalNumber</IRI>
            <name>number ordinal</name>
            <name>ordinal number</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Numeral with Type="Ordinal".</desc>
            <desc> An ordinal number is a number belonging to a class whose members designate
                positions in a sequence, e.g. in English "First", "Second", "Third".
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAOrdinalNumeral.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Numeral</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Numeral</IRI>
            <name>numeral</name>
            <desc> EAGLES top-level category Numeral (NU). Modelled as subclass of Quantifier (a
                concept that is absent in EAGLES) in accordance with GOLD. DCR subclassification
                (numberBoth, numeralRoman) ignored </desc>
            <desc>Subclassification combines syntactic (Ordinal/CardinalNumeral) and morphological
                (Fraction, ApproximateNumeral) criteria. To be resolved. In the MULTEXT-East
                ontology, the latter aspect is represented as
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MorphologicalFormOfNumeral</desc>
            <desc> A numeral is a word, functioning most typically as an adjective or pronoun, that
                expresses a number, and relation to the number, such as one of the following:
                Quantity, Sequence, Frequency, Fraction.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsANumeral.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ApproximateNumeral</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ApproximateNumeral</IRI>
            <name>numeral approximate</name>
            <name>approximate numeral</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ApproximateNumeral</desc>
            <desc>Bulgarian has Numeral/Form=approx(a), used for approximate numerals (десетина
                /about a ten/, стотина /about a hundred/) (Dimitrova et al. 2009,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ApproximateNumeral)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CollectiveNumeral</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CollectiveNumeral</IRI>
            <name>numeral collective</name>
            <name>collective numeral</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral</desc>
            <desc>Numeral/Type="collect" (Romanian)&lt;br/&gt; In traditional Romanian grammars,
                expressions like amândoi "both", toţi trei "all three" are referred to as collective
                numerals. (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., czworga/czworo, czworgiem/czworo, czworgu/czworo, czworo/czworo,
                dwoje/dwoje, dwojga/dwoje, dwojgiem/dwoje, dwojgu/dwoje, jedenaścioro/jedenaścioro
                (pl, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., обата, обајцата, обете, шеесетминава/шеесетмина, шеесетминана/шеесетмина,
                шеесетмината/шеесетмина, шеснаесетминава/шеснаесетмина,
                шеснаесетминана/шеснаесетмина, шеснаесетмината/шеснаесетмина (mk,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., dvadesetora/dvadesetoro, dvoja/dvoje, dvoje, dvoji/dvoje, dvojih/dvoje,
                dvojim/dvoje, oboje, tridesetora/tridesetoro, troja/troje (sr,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)</desc>
            <desc>e.g., ambelor/ambii, ambilor/ambii, amânduror/amândoi, amândurora/amândoi,
                câteşipatru, tuspatru (ro,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MultipleNumeral</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MultipleNumeral</IRI>
            <name>numeral multiple</name>
            <name>multiple numeral</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to MultiplicativeNumeral</desc>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultipleNumeral,
                http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#MultiplicativeNumeral; As "manyfold" fits Ghostwick's
                definition, MultipleNumeral is modelled as a subclass of Quantifier rather than
                Numeral. In MULTEXT-East, "Numeral" was extended to coover non-numerical
                quantifiers, hence the name.</desc>
            <desc>A Multiple Numeral serves to define a complex whole, with respect to the number of
                its parts, e.g., English "twofold", "twice" or "manyfold". Used in morphosyntactic
                descriptions of, e.g., Romanian, Slovak and Czech. (Joseph Ghostwick [1878], English
                language -- Grammar, Historical, London, Longmans, Green, and Co.;
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultipleNumeral)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectObject</IRI>
            <name>object direct</name>
            <name>direct object</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/directObject,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1274 </desc>
            <desc> A direct object is a grammatical relation that exhibits a combination of certain
                independent syntactic properties, such as the following: the usual grammatical
                characteristics of the patient of typically transitive verbs; particular case
                marking; a particular clause position; the conditioning of an agreement affix on the
                verb; the capability of becoming the clause subject in passivization; the capability
                of reflexivization. The identification of the direct object relation may be further
                confirmed by finding significant overlap with similar direct object relations
                previously established in other languages. This may be done by analyzing
                correspondence between translation equivalents (Crystal 1985: 94; Hartmann and Stork
                1972: 155; Mish et al. 1990: 358; Comrie 1989: 66; Andrews, Avery 1985: 68,120,126;
                Comrie 1985a: 337). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/directObject) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndirectObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndirectObject</IRI>
            <name>object indirect</name>
            <name>indirect object</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#R,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1310 </desc>
            <desc> An indirect object is a grammatical relation that is one means of expressing the
                semantic role of goal and other similar roles. It is proposed for languages in which
                the role is distinct from the direct object and the oblique object on the basis of
                multiple independent syntactic or morphological criteria, such as the following: (i)
                Having a particular case marking, commonly dative (ii) Governing an agreement affix
                on the verb, such as person or number (iii) Being distinct from oblique relations in
                that it may be relativized A noun, pronoun, or noun phrase indicating the recipient
                or beneficiary of the action of a verb and its direct object
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1310) Third argument of a ditransitive verb.
                Ditransitive recipient (Siewierska 2004:57).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#R) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PrepositionalObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PrepositionalObject</IRI>
            <name>object prepositional</name>
            <name>prepositional object</name>
            <desc>Prepositional object</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with SFB632 annotation guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007,
                §4.3.4)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FacultativePrepositionalObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FacultativePrepositionalObject</IRI>
            <name>object prepositional facultative</name>
            <name>facultative prepositional object</name>
            <desc>facultative (i.e. optional) prepositional object, e.g., passivized subject
                (von-phrase)</desc>
            <desc>TüBa-D/Z edge label FOPP</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticObject</IRI>
            <name>object syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic object</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticObject</desc>
            <desc> In linguistics, the object of a transitive verb is one of its core arguments,
                which generally represents the target of the verb's action or the undergoer of its
                effects. In more general terms, an object is a patient. Verbs with no object (as in
                the sentence "I run") are called intransitive verbs. Those which do take objects are
                called transitive verbs. Transitive verbs which take only one object are known as
                monotransitive. Ditransitive verbs have two objects, a patient and a recipient.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object_%28grammar%29).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticObject) An
                object, traditionally defined, is either a direct object or an indirect object. An
                object, in some usages, is any grammatical relation other than subject (Crystal
                1985: 211; Hartmann and Stork 1972: 155-156; Mish et al. 1990: 814, Comrie 1989:
                66). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/object) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TransitiveObject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TransitiveObject</IRI>
            <name>object transitive</name>
            <name>transitive object</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#P</desc>
            <desc> Second argument of a transitive verb, transitive object (P)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#P) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ThirdObviative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ThirdObviative</IRI>
            <name>obviative third</name>
            <name>third obviative</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdObviative, modelled here as a subconcept of
                Third </desc>
            <desc> Obviative refers to one or more non-participants that are in some way further
                removed from the speaker than other non-particpants.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdObviative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CloseParenthesis</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CloseParenthesis</IRI>
            <name>parenthesis close</name>
            <name>close parenthesis</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1440</desc>
            <desc> End of a parenthesis pair. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1440) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OpenParenthesis</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OpenParenthesis</IRI>
            <name>parenthesis open</name>
            <name>open parenthesis</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1442</desc>
            <desc> Beginning of a pair of parenthesis. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1442) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Participle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Participle</IRI>
            <name>participle</name>
            <desc>EAGLES NonFinite with VerbForm="Participle".</desc>
            <desc> A participle is a lexical item, derived from a verb that has some of the
                characteristics and functions of both verbs and adjectives. In English, participles
                may be used as adjectives, and in non-finite forms of verbs.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAParticiple.htm
                19.09.06) Non-finite form of a verb other than the infinitive that is used in many
                languages possibly in conjunction with an auxiliary and that functions
                attributively, predicatively or adverbially.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1341)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdverbialParticiple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdverbialParticiple</IRI>
            <name>participle adverbial</name>
            <name>adverbial participle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdverbialParticiple</desc>
            <desc>Adverb/Type="participle" is used in the Slovene MTE v4 specs, e.g., 'leže' /
                lying. Slovenian adverbial participles are, however, not attested for Resian. (MTE
                v4)(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdverbialParticiple)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalParticiple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalParticiple</IRI>
            <name>participle conditional</name>
            <name>conditional participle</name>
            <desc>adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages</desc>
            <desc>e.g. Bengali বুঝলে (bujhle) from বোঝা (bojha) "to understand"
                (http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E0%A6%AC%E0%A7%8B%E0%A6%9D%E0%A6%BE)</desc>
            <desc>[In Bengali, t]he Conditional Participle is widely used to convey "if a certain
                action [pertaining to the parent verb] is done,...". The logic is: "in the case or
                condition of a certain action being done". Being impersonal, without regard for the
                doer of the action that caused the condition, it is not declined to suit number or
                gender. If this doer is not defined in the Bengali condition clause but needs to be
                stated in a natural-sounding English translation, this is identified and drawn from
                the second clause. For example:- Student: Teaching Truth in Bengali If you pay
                attention,* you will learn. manoyog kar-*le* tumi shikh-be. * [or, If attention is
                paid] (http://www.jaspell.co.uk/bengalicourse2007/wb149study49.pdf) </desc>
            <desc>TODO: check whether this could be modelled as Participle and hasMood some
                ConditionalMood</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmbeddedParticiple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmbeddedParticiple</IRI>
            <name>participle embedded</name>
            <name>embedded participle</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withParticipleAsHead,
                http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ParticipialConstruction</desc>
            <desc>A participle is the head of the embedded construction.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withParticipleAsHead)
                Participial constructions are used as adjunct clauses in Old High German. As they
                lack a finite verb form they are kept separately from finite subordinate clauses.
                (http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ParticipialConstruction)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PastParticiple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PastParticiple</IRI>
            <name>participle past</name>
            <name>past participle</name>
            <desc>introduced as a shorthand for Participle and hasTense some Past</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PresentParticiple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PresentParticiple</IRI>
            <name>participle present</name>
            <name>present participle</name>
            <desc>introduced as a shorthand for Participle and hasTense some Present</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Particle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Particle</IRI>
            <name>particle</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AffirmativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AffirmativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle affirmative</name>
            <name>affirmative particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1918</desc>
            <desc> Particle used to express affirmation. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1918) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AspectParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AspectParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle aspect</name>
            <name>aspect particle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AspectParticle</desc>
            <desc>In the Romanian MULTEXT-East scheme, a verbal particle with Particle/Type="aspect"
                modifies the verbs and carries information on the verb form, i.e., on its aspect
                (Dan Tufis, email 2010/06/09,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AspectParticle)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ComparativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ComparativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle comparative</name>
            <name>comparative particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1922</desc>
            <desc> Particle used to compare. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1922) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle conditional</name>
            <name>conditional particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2230</desc>
            <desc> conditional particule (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2230) </desc>
            <desc>DCR subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ContrastiveParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ContrastiveParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle contrastive</name>
            <name>contrastive particle</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CoordinationParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CoordinationParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle coordination</name>
            <name>coordination particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2227</desc>
            <desc> particle for coordination (MIRACL &amp; LSCA;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2227) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DistinctiveParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DistinctiveParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle distinctive</name>
            <name>distinctive particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2228</desc>
            <desc> distinctive particle (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2228) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmphaticParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmphaticParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle emphatic</name>
            <name>emphatic particle</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExistentialParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExistentialParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle existential</name>
            <name>existential particle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ExistentialThere</desc>
            <desc>English existential there is specified as a subtype of pronoun in MTE v4, i.e.,
                Pronoun/Type="ex-there"
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ExistentialThere)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FutureParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FutureParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle future</name>
            <name>future particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1919, taxonomic organization (under
                VerbalParticle) follows http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FutureParticle,
                regrouped under TenseMarkingParticle</desc>
            <desc> Particle used in order to express future. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1919) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InfinitiveParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InfinitiveParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle infinitive</name>
            <name>infinitive particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1896, taxonomic organization follows
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InfinitiveParticle</desc>
            <desc> Particle used to express infinitive. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1896) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative particle</name>
            <desc>TODO: check relationship with interrogative adverb</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1921</desc>
            <desc> Particle used to express a question. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1921) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TenseMarkingParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TenseMarkingParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle marking tense</name>
            <name>tense marking particle</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ModalParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ModalParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle modal</name>
            <name>modal particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1920</desc>
            <desc>TOCHECK: is this definition correct ? Could it be that ModalParticle actually
                means "VerbalParticle marking mood" ? (Cf. ModalityMarkingAdverb)</desc>
            <desc> Particle which functions as a modal. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1920) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MorphologicalParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MorphologicalParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle morphological</name>
            <name>morphological particle</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER MorphologicalParticle</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER MorphologicalParticle</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NegativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NegativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle negative</name>
            <name>negative particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1894</desc>
            <desc> Particle used to express negation. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1894) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessiveParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessiveParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle possessive</name>
            <name>possessive particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1895</desc>
            <desc> Particle expressing ownship. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1895) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PreverbalParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PreverbalParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle preverbal</name>
            <name>preverbal particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1455 (preverbalParticleLmf)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle relative</name>
            <name>relative particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2229</desc>
            <desc> relative particle (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2229) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubjunctiveParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubjunctiveParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle subjunctive</name>
            <name>subjunctive particle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SubjunctiveParticle</desc>
            <desc>In the Romanian MULTEXT-East scheme, a verbal particle with Particle/Type="future"
                modifies the verbs and marks the verb as being subjunctive, e.g., s-/să, să (Dan
                Tufis, email 2010/06/09,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SubjunctiveParticle)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuperlativeParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuperlativeParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle superlative</name>
            <name>superlative particle</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1923</desc>
            <desc> Particle expressing superlative degree. Superlative is the comparison between
                more than two entities and contrasts with comparative where only two entities are
                involved and positive where no comparison is implied. (Crystal 2003;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1923) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle verbal</name>
            <name>verbal particle</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalParticle</desc>
            <desc>A verbal particle modifies the verb and carries information on the verb form
                (e.g., finiteness, tense and aspect). (Dimitrova et al. 2009, Dan Tufis, email
                2010/06/09). In the Bulgarian MTE specs, Particle/Type=verbal(v) is used to form
                different type of verbal syntactical relationships, e.g. to create future tense (ще
                говориш), or particles like се, да. (Dimitrova et al. 2009) The Romanian MTE v4
                specs provide a more fine-grained subclassification of (verbal) particles (MTE v4,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalParticle)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VoiceParticle</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VoiceParticle</IRI>
            <name>particle voice</name>
            <name>voice particle</name>
            <desc>generalization over EAGLES:
                http://purl.org/olia/eagles.owl#MediopassiveVoiceParticle</desc>
            <desc>E.g., the mediopassive (middle) voice marker se in the Portuguese EAGLES scheme.
                (Leech and Wilson 1996)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AgentDeletionPassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AgentDeletionPassive</IRI>
            <name>passive deletion agent</name>
            <name>agent deletion passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AgentDeletionPassive</desc>
            <desc> The object of the active retains its old case-marking in the passive, the subject
                of the active cannot appear in the passive clause, and the passive tends to be
                semantically active. (Givon 1988:419)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AgentDeletionPassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImpersonalPassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImpersonalPassive</IRI>
            <name>passive impersonal</name>
            <name>impersonal passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImpersonalPassive</desc>
            <desc> A Passive that alters the mapping of a nominal to the Subject relation in a basic
                intransitive structure (Klaiman 1991:23)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImpersonalPassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonInversePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonInversePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive inverse non</name>
            <name>non inverse passive</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Passive Unlike the GOLD definition, Passive is
                often not clearly distinguished from Inverse: According to Givón (1988), Inverse is
                characterized by obligatory realization of the suppressed agent, whereas the
                realization of the agent in a passive construction is optional (or impossible). This
                restrictive definition of passive does, however, conflict with the use of the term
                "passive" for European languages. Then, English and German "Passive" would be
                Inverses. Therefore, Inverse is a subconcept of Passive here. Givón's original
                Passive is NonInversePassive. </desc>
            <desc> An agent-demoting voice construction where the realization of the demoted agent
                is not obligatory (against Inverse). In terminological systems that distinguish
                "InverseVoice" from "Passive" (e.g., Givon, 1988), this is the "Passive" concept.
                (Ch. Chiarcos) Associated with actions performed on the subject by an unspecified
                agent. (McIntosh 1984:108) Refers to the category of verb forms, typically
                identifies with a specific morphological marking, that encode the derived diatheses
                in which the agent role is not linked with a subject noun phrase (Shibatani 1995:7)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Passive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LocativePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LocativePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive locative</name>
            <name>locative passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/LocativePassive</desc>
            <desc> An oblique locative nominal assumes the subject relation. (Klaiman 1991:17)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/LocativePassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NecessitativePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NecessitativePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive necessitative</name>
            <name>necessitative passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NecessitativePassive</desc>
            <desc> A passive in Irish in which the preposition "with" is used, and a semantic
                meaning of necessity is added. (Noonan 1994:280)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NecessitativePassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ObliquePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ObliquePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive oblique</name>
            <name>oblique passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ObliquePassive</desc>
            <desc> A Passive in which a basic Oblique nominal assumes the Subject relation in a
                corresponding nonbasic configuration. Can include locative passives, benefactive
                passives and instrumental passives. (Klaiman 1991:23)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ObliquePassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PersonalPassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PersonalPassive</IRI>
            <name>passive personal</name>
            <name>personal passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PersonalPassive</desc>
            <desc> A Passive in which the argument mapped to Object in a basic structural
                configuration assumes the Subject relation in a corresponding nonbasic
                configuration. (Klaiman 1991:23) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PersonalPassive)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProgressivePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProgressivePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive progressive</name>
            <name>progressive passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ProgressivePassive</desc>
            <desc> A passive in Irish in which the preposition "at" is used, and a semantic meaning
                of progressive tense is found (Noonan 1994:280)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ProgressivePassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexivePassive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexivePassive</IRI>
            <name>passive reflexive</name>
            <name>reflexive passive</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexivePassive</desc>
            <desc> A Passive construction which contains reflexive markings. (Siewierska 1988:257)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexivePassive) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Past</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Past</IRI>
            <name>past</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#pastTense</desc>
            <desc> The past tense is a verb tense expressing action, activity, state or being in the
                past. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Past_tense 17.11.06) The past tense refers to a
                tense category which places an event in the past.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#pastTense) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HesternalPast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HesternalPast</IRI>
            <name>past hesternal</name>
            <name>hesternal past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HesternalPast, classified as Past here</desc>
            <desc> HesternalPastTense locates the situation in question somewhere in the span
                beginning with the period defined culturally as 'yesterday' and extends back through
                some period that is considered nonremote (Comrie 1985:87-88; Dahl 1985:126).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HesternalPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HodiernalPast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HodiernalPast</IRI>
            <name>past hodiernal</name>
            <name>hodiernal past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalPast, classified as Past here</desc>
            <desc> HodiernalPastTense locates the situation in question before the moment of
                utterance within the span culturally defined as 'today' (Comrie 1985:87; Dahl
                1985:125-126). Contrasts with PreHodiernalPastTense.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PreHodiernalPast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PreHodiernalPast</IRI>
            <name>past hodiernal pre</name>
            <name>pre hodiernal past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PreHodiernalPast, classified as absolute
                tense</desc>
            <desc> PreHodiernalPastTense locates the situation in question before that of a
                contrasting HodiernalPastTense. According to Bybee, Perkins, Pagliuca 1994: 98. this
                category must be defined relative to a HodiernalPastTense.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PreHodiernalPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImmediatePast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImmediatePast</IRI>
            <name>past immediate</name>
            <name>immediate past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediatePast, classified as Past here</desc>
            <desc> ImmediatePastTense locates the situation in question at a time considered very
                recent in relation to the moment of utterance (Comrie 1985: 87).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediatePast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FutureInPast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FutureInPast</IRI>
            <name>past in future</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInPast, classified as absolute-relative
                tense here</desc>
            <desc> FutureInPastTense locates the situation in question in the future, relative to a
                contextually determined temporal reference point that itself must be located in the
                past relative to the moment of utterance.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RecentPast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RecentPast</IRI>
            <name>past recent</name>
            <name>recent past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RecentPast</desc>
            <desc> RecentPastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present moment,
                but by culturally and situationally defined criteria, usually within the span
                ranging from yesterday to a week or a few months previous (Comrie 1985:87; Dahl
                1985:121-122). (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RecentPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativePast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativePast</IRI>
            <name>past relative</name>
            <name>relative past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePast</desc>
            <desc> RelativePastTense locates the situation in question before that of a contextually
                determined temporal reference point (Comrie 1985: 104). Also called
                PastPerfectTense. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RemotePast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RemotePast</IRI>
            <name>past remote</name>
            <name>remote past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemotePast, classified as absolute-relative
                here</desc>
            <desc> RemotePastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present moment,
                usually more than a few days ago (Dahl 1985:121; Comrie 1985:88). Subsumes notion of
                PreHesternalPast tense, which locates the situation in question before that of an
                opposing hesternal past tense. (Bybee, Perkins, Pagliuca 1994: 98).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemotePast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SimplePast</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SimplePast</IRI>
            <name>past simple</name>
            <name>simple past</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past</desc>
            <desc> PastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present moment, with no
                specification on the distance in time (Comrie 1985).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Paucal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Paucal</IRI>
            <name>paucal</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1350</desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to PaucalNumber, because of the existence of PaucalQuantifier in
                MULTEXT-East</desc>
            <desc> Number that specifies 'a few' things. (en2.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paucal_number;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1350) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Perfect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Perfect</IRI>
            <name>perfect</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1351, modelled as an absolute tense here</desc>
            <desc> A verb tense that refers to completed action in the past. It corresponds to three
                English tenses. (www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1351) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FuturePerfect</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FuturePerfect</IRI>
            <name>perfect future</name>
            <name>future perfect</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativeFuture,
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292</desc>
            <desc> RelativeFutureTense locates the situation in question after a contextually
                determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to the
                moment of utterance. Also called FuturePerfectTense (Comrie 1985:69-71).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativeFuture) A verb tense that refers to an
                action or state of being completed in the future. Translation into English requires
                the use of the auxiliary verbs will/shall have.
                (www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292) A tense of verbs describing an action that
                will have been performed by a certain time. In English this is formed with will have
                or shall have plus the past participle.
                (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=future+perfect;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Personal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Personal</IRI>
            <name>personal</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1946</desc>
            <desc> Property that refers to the person. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1946) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf referentType (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Phrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Phrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phrase</desc>
            <desc> Phrase is the class of syntactic constructions that consist of one or more
                syntactic words, but lack the subject-predicate organization of a clause. Phrases
                get their grammatical characteristics according to what word occupies the head
                position; thus, all phrases have heads [Crystal 1980, 232-233; Pei and Gaynor 1954,
                169; Pike and Pike 1982, 453]. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phrase) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdjectivePhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdjectivePhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase adjective</name>
            <name>adjective phrase</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjectivePhrase</desc>
            <desc> AdjectivePhrase is the class of phrases that have adjectives as heads.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjectivePhrase) </desc>
            <desc> An adjective phrase may consist of an adjective, or a sequence of words in which
                an adjective is the head of the phrase, as shown in 47 to 50 below. (47) [NP his
                [ADJP surprisingly thick and hairy ADJP] wrists NP] (48) [NP some [ADJP [ADJP wholly
                unanticipated ADJP] but [ADJP remotely possible ADJP] ADJP] event NP] (49) [S [NP
                His speeches NP] [VP are [ADVP always ADVP] [ADJP too long [PP for comfort PP] ADJP]
                VP] S] (50) [AUX have AUX] [NP you NP] [VP found [NP something [ADJP suitable [PP
                for [NP your needs NP] PP] ADJP] NP] VP] ?
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node36.html) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AdverbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AdverbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase adverb</name>
            <name>adverb phrase</name>
            <desc> An adverb phrase may consist of an adverb, or a sequence of words in which an
                adverb is the head of the phrase. Adverb phrases may function as adverbials, as in
                41: (41) [NP Her beautiful white hat NP] [VP was [ADVP very nearly ADVP] ruined VP]
                or as modifiers of adjectives, as in 42: (42) [NP Il NP] [VP parle [ADVP infiniment
                plus couramment ADVP] VP] or noun phrases, as in 43: (43) [NP They NP] [VP let [NP
                me NP] [VP speak VP] [ADVP now and then ADVP] VP] or as the complement of a
                preposition, as in 44: (44) [ADVP Strangely enough ADVP] , [NP we NP] [VP received
                [NP a reply NP] [NP the next day NP] VP] Other examples: (45) [NP The book NP] [VP
                is [ADVP right here ADVP] VP] (46) [ADVP Como [NP resultado [PP de [NP esa trama NP]
                PP] NP] ADVP] [VP no se lleva [PP a cabo PP] [NP ninguna acción NP] VP]
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node35.html) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConjunctionPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConjunctionPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase conjunction</name>
            <name>conjunction phrase</name>
            <desc>Penn bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>Multi-word conjunction Besides the usual and, or, but, etc., certain prepositions
                and subordinating conjunctions can be used as coordinating conjunctions. Multi-word
                coordinating conjunctions are labeled CONJP (see section 7 [Coordination]). ...
                CONJP — Conjunction Phrase. Used to mark certain “multi-word” conjunctions, such as
                as well as, instead of. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DeterminerPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DeterminerPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase determiner</name>
            <name>determiner phrase</name>
            <desc> TüBa-D/Z, NOTE: not to be confused with "determiner phrase" in generative
                grammar, which would be a NounPhrase in most annotation frameworks</desc>
            <desc> Certain pronouns serving as determiners in noun phrases may be premodified, for
                instance, by degree adverbs such as in German "so viele ¨Altere", "gar kein Schutz",
                etc. In the case of "so viele Ältere", the premodifying adverb so is attached to the
                indefinite pronoun viele. Together, they form a determiner phrase (DP), which is
                attached to the head noun Ältere on the same level: [so viele] Ältere (Telljohann et
                al. 2009, p.63) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ForeignPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ForeignPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase foreign</name>
            <name>foreign phrase</name>
            <desc>TüBa-D/Z</desc>
            <desc> Single foreign words are projected to a syntactic level assigned the node label
                FX, which is an universal label for any syntactic category (phrasal and sentential)
                in the respective foreign language. (Telljohann et al. 2009, p.44) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NounHeadedPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NounHeadedPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase headed noun</name>
            <name>noun headed phrase</name>
            <desc> A NounHeadedPhrase takes a nominal as its (semantic) head. Introduced as a
                generalization over NounPhrase and PrepositionalPhrase for reasons of consistency
                with dependency parsers like Connexor where this differentiation is not made.
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NounPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NounPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase noun</name>
            <name>noun phrase</name>
            <desc> NounPhrase is the class of phrases that have nouns as heads. They can play the
                role of subject in a main clause. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NounPhrase) </desc>
            <desc> At phrase level, the noun phrase is probably the least problematic of the
                categories to be dealt with. In general, a noun phrase will a have noun or a pronoun
                as its head, and included within the noun phrase are the determinative elements, any
                premodification, and any postmodification. The examples below, 14 to 17 show noun
                phrases with the head noun/pronoun in bold: (14) [NP He NP] was a tiny man (15) [NP
                his white shirt cuffs NP] (16) [NP his surprisingly thick and hairy wrists NP] (17)
                [NP some wholly unanticipated but remotely possible event of absorbing interest NP]
                However, noun phrases may also occur with adjectival heads, as in 18 and 19: (18)
                [NP The unemployed NP] have had enough (19) We've beaten [NP the best NP] or with a
                head which is a cardinal or ordinal number, as in 20 and 21: (20) [NP The ninth NP]
                is my particular favourite (21) [NP The other seven NP] continued with the trip In
                `pro-drop' languages, such as Spanish and Italian, pronominal Subjects are usually
                not expressed. Depending on the chosen type of analysis, this may require another
                definition of noun phrase, in order to include `empty noun phrases', in which the
                pronoun is not actually present, but may be inferred from the verb ending. A classic
                constituency test for Noun Phrases is that only whole NPs can be moved within the
                same sentence. In English, constituents can be preposed to achieve some effect, as
                in 23 (from Radford 1988: 70): (22) I can't stand your elder sister (23) Your elder
                sister I can't stand (though your brother's OK). Examples 24 and 25 show that it is
                not possible to move only part of the NP: (24) *Your elder I can't stand sister (25)
                *Elder sister, I can't stand your However, this test should be used with caution. It
                works well in English, but not always in other languages. For example, in 26 Neue
                Bücher is moved to the beginning of the sentence while keine is left at the end:
                (26) Neue Bücher habe ich keine new books have I no `I have not got any new books'
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node32.html) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PrepositionalPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PrepositionalPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase prepositional</name>
            <name>prepositional phrase</name>
            <desc> A sequence of a preposition and its complement is a prepositional phrase. The
                complement of a preposition is usually a noun phrase (see examples 38 to 40), but
                may also be a clause or an adverb phrase. According to the categories recommended
                here, a prepositional phrase may be analysed further into preposition and noun
                phrase. The examples below demonstrate how this further analysis can be a recursive
                procedure. (38) [PP en [NP sustitucion [PP de [NP los canales correspondientes [PP
                de [NP 50 baudios NP] PP] NP] PP] NP] PP]. (39) [NP Fairbanks NP] [VP hummed [NP a
                few bars NP] VP] [PP in [NP a voice [VP made resonant [PP by [NP the very weakness
                [PP of [NP his chest NP] PP] NP] PP] VP] NP] PP]. (40) [PP En [NP el caso [PP de [NP
                un sistema mixto [PP en [NP el [CL que [VP se utilicen [NP canales [PP con [NP tres
                velocidades [PP de [NP modulacion NP] PP] diferentes NP] PP] NP] VP] CL] NP] PP] NP]
                PP] NP] PP] In a language such as Spanish, where a large proportion of the
                modification of nouns takes the form of a following preposition de and another noun,
                this recursion is extremely prevalent, as in 40. In cases where the prepositional
                phrase is complemented by a one word noun phrase, it may be advantageous to leave
                the analysis at this point, rather than continuing to analyse further by enclosing
                the complement (see also one-word constituents).
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node34.html#SECTION00052500000000000000) </desc>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase verb</name>
            <name>verb phrase</name>
            <desc> VerbPhrase is the class of phrases that have verbs as heads. They can play the
                role of predicate in a main clause. (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/VerbPhrase) </desc>
            <desc> This category is slightly more difficult to define, since there is disagreement
                over the extent of the verb phrase. In particular, should the verb phrase include
                only the words that are verbs, or should it also include the complements of the
                verb? In the examples given in this document, and in the sample texts in the
                appendices, we have chosen to include the complements, but it must be noted that
                this is an open issue, and we are in no way implying that this analysis is
                preferable to the alternative. The choice to be made at this level, i.e. the
                inclusion or exclusion of verbal complements in the Verb Phrase, is shown by the
                examples in 27 and 28, 27 showing the inclusion of the complement of the verb in the
                verb phrase and 28 excluding the complement: (27) He [VP took up [NP a clothes brush
                NP] VP] (28) He [VP took up VP] [NP a clothes brush NP] An advantage in the type of
                analysis shown in 27 is that the relative levels of the constituents can be shown to
                a greater extent -- i.e. complements of the verb are included in the verb phrase,
                while adjuncts and peripheral adverbials are left at sentence level. However, in a
                case where an adjunct occurs before the complement of the verb, the approaches used
                in 27 and 28 would cause problems, since either both the adjunct and the complement
                would be included as daughters of the verb phrase, or both would be daughters of the
                sentence, rather than keeping the complement as a daughter of the verb phrase and
                the adjunct as a sister of the verb phrase. These problems may be solved by an
                additional notation, but at some level, arbitrariness is inevitable. Regardless of
                the choice made over the extent of the Verb Phrase, there arises a problem of
                discontinuous Verb Phrases. A complex verbal construction may be discontinuous, e.g.
                the auxiliary and the main verb are separated in inverted constructions in English,
                or the main verb is positioned at the end of the sentence in German and Dutch. Such
                discontinuity can be avoided by having different labels and constituents for the
                auxiliary verb and the main verb, resulting in an analysis as shown in the Dutch
                example 29 below: (29) [NP Ze NP] [AUX zullen AUX] [ADVP er ADVP] [VP [NP de
                VN-agenda [PP voor [NP het komende jaar NP] PP] NP] behandelen VP]. and in the
                English interrogative inverted example 30, using the so-called `dummy auxiliary' do:
                (30) [AUX Do AUX] [NP they NP] [VP confide [PP in you PP] VP]? As with Noun Phrases,
                Verb Phrases can be identified by a constituency test. In strong constituency
                languages like English, the whole VP can be moved, but not part of it: compare 31
                and 32: (31) Give in to blackmail, I never will (32) *Give in, I never will to
                blackmail However, there are languages in which constituent tests do not work. These
                will typically be languages with flexible word order, such as Finnish. 33 is an
                example of a discontinuous VP (Vilkuna 1989: 26): (33) Maailmaa nähnyt hän on.
                world-Part seen he is `He IS a widely-travelled person.' For Finnish, then, evidence
                for a VP is less convincing than it is for English, and a dependency approach seems
                the more natural choice. (Covington (1990) provides a parsing strategy for variable
                word order languages and Covington (1991) for parsing discontinuous constituents,
                both using a dependency syntax approach.) In Italian also, constituency tests cannot
                be applied. This can be shown through the distribution of VP-adverbs (e.g.
                completamente `completely', intenzionalmente `intentionally', attentamente
                `carefully') and S-adverbs (e.g. probabilmente `probably', certamente `certainly').
                In English, these different classes of adverbs have a different distribution within
                the sentence. In contrast, in Italian, the distinct adverb classes cannot be
                distinguished on the basis of their distribution in the sentence. S-adverbs and
                VP-adverbs can occur in the same positions within the sentence, as illustrated in
                examples 34 to 37: (34) Attentamente/certamente, il bambino ascoltó la storia
                `Carefully/certainly, the child listened to the story' (35) Il bambino
                attentamente/certamente ascoltó la storia `The child carefully/certainly listened to
                the story' (36) Il bambino ascoltó attentamente/certamente la storia `The child
                listened carefully/certainly to the story' (37) Il bambino ascoltó la storia
                attentamente/certamente `The child listened to the story carefully/certainly' Thus,
                in Italian as well as other languages, neither the position nor the syntactic
                context can help to decide whether an adverb is an S-adverb or a VP-adverb; this can
                only be stated by considering its semantic content and the way it relates to the
                content of the predicate or the sentence. This situation has consequences for the
                success of standard VP-tests. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node33.html)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FiniteVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FiniteVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase verb finite</name>
            <name>finite verb phrase</name>
            <desc>TüBa-D/Z</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GerundVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GerundVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase verb gerund</name>
            <name>gerund verb phrase</name>
            <desc>Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#GerundChunk</desc>
            <desc> VGNN Gerunds A verb chunk having a gerund will be annotated as VGNN. For example,
                h18a. sharAba ((pInA_VM))_VGNN sehata ke liye hAnikAraka hE. 'liquor' 'drinking'
                'heath' 'for' 'harmful' 'is' “Drinking (liquor) is bad for health” h19a. mujhe rAta
                meM ((khAnA_VM))_VGNN acchA lagatA hai 'to me' 'night' 'in' 'eating' 'good'
                'appeals' “I like eating at night” h20a. ((sunane_VM meM_PSP))_VGNN saba kuccha
                acchA lagatA hE 'listening' 'in' 'all' 'things' 'good' 'appeal' 'is' (Akshar
                Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra :
                Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages,
                Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of
                15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InfinitiveVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InfinitiveVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase verb infinitive</name>
            <name>infinitive verb phrase</name>
            <desc>Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#InfiniteVerbChunk</desc>
            <desc> VGINF Infinitival Verb Chunk This tag is to mark the infinitival verb form. In
                Hindi, both, gerunds and infinitive forms of the verb end with a -nA suffix. Since
                both behave functionally in a similar manner, the distinction is not very clear.
                However, languages such as Bangla etc have two different forms for the two types.
                Examples from Bangla are given below. b8. Borabela ((snAna karA))_VGNN SorIrera
                pokze BAlo 'Morning' 'bath' 'do-verbal noun' 'health-gen' 'for' 'good' ‘Taking bath
                in the early morning is good for health” b9. bindu Borabela ((snAna karawe))_VGINF
                BAlobAse 'Bindu' 'morning' 'bath' 'take-inf' 'love-3pr' “Bindu likes to take bath in
                the early morning” In Bangla, the gerund form takes the suffix –A / -Ano, while the
                infinitive marker is –we. The syntactic distribution of these two forms of verbs is
                different. For example, the gerund form is allowed in the context of the word
                darakAra “necessary” while the infinitive form is not, as exemplified below: b10
                Borabela ((snAna karA))_VGNN darakAra 'Morning' 'bath' 'do-verbal noun' 'necessary'
                “It is necessary to take bath in the early morning” b11. *Borabela ((snAna
                karawe))_VGINF darakAra Based on the above evidence from Bangla, the tag VGINF has
                been included to mark a verb chunk. (Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi
                Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And
                Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research
                Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006,
                http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonfiniteVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonfiniteVerbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase verb nonfinite</name>
            <name>nonfinite verb phrase</name>
            <desc>TüBa-D/Z</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHAdjectivePhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHAdjectivePhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase whadjective</name>
            <name>whadjective phrase</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>WHADJP &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Wh-adjective Phrase. Adjectival phrase containing a
                wh-adverb, as in how hot. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHAdverbPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHAdverbPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase whadverb</name>
            <name>whadverb phrase</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>WHADVP|Wh-adverb phrase. Phrasal category headed by a wh-adverb such as how or
                why. (Santorini 1991) WHADVP &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Wh-adverb Phrase. Introduces a
                clause with an ADVP gap. May be null (containing the 0 complementizer) or lexical,
                containing a wh-adverb such as how or why. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHNounPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHNounPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase whnoun</name>
            <name>whnoun phrase</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>WHNP|Wh-noun phrase. Noun phrase containing (among other things) a wh-determiner,
                as in which book or whose daughter, or consisting of a wh-pronoun like who.
                (Santorini 1991) WHNP &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Wh-noun Phrase. Introduces a clause with
                an NP gap. May be null (containing the 0 complementizer) or lexical, containing some
                wh-word, e.g. who, which book, whose daughter, none of which, or how many leopards.
                (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHPrepositionalPhrase</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHPrepositionalPhrase</IRI>
            <name>phrase whprepositional</name>
            <name>whprepositional phrase</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>WHPP|Wh-prepositional phrase. Prepositional phrase containing a wh-determiner, as
                in by whatever means necessary. (Santorini 1991) WHPP &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´
                Wh-prepositional Phrase. Prepositional phrase containing a wh-noun phrase (such as
                of which or by whose authority) that either introduces a PP gap or is contained by a
                WHNP. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Plural</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Plural</IRI>
            <name>plural</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Plural is a grammatical number, typically referring to more than one of the
                referent in the real world. In English, nouns, pronouns, and demonstratives inflect
                for plurality. In many other languages, for example German and the various Romance
                languages, articles and adjectives also inflect for plurality.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plural 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BrokenPlural</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BrokenPlural</IRI>
            <name>plural broken</name>
            <name>broken plural</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2218</desc>
            <desc> Internal plural that do not have any inflection.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2218) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf plural (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Point</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Point</IRI>
            <name>point</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1445</desc>
            <desc> Sign (.) used to expresses the end of a sentence or an abbreviation.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1445) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExclamativePoint</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExclamativePoint</IRI>
            <name>point exclamative</name>
            <name>exclamative point</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1441</desc>
            <desc> Special sign (!) usually used in writing to mark exclamation.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1441) </desc>
            <desc>MainPunctuation, not SentenceFinalPunctuation because of the Spanish inverted
                exclamation point (Chiarcos)</desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SuspensionPoints</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SuspensionPoints</IRI>
            <name>points suspension</name>
            <name>suspension points</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1447</desc>
            <desc> Sequence of three dots having the same meaning as "et cetera" (full form) or
                "etc" (abbreviated form). (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1447) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondPolite</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondPolite</IRI>
            <name>polite second</name>
            <name>second polite</name>
            <desc> EAGLES PersonalPronoun attribute Politeness="Polite". The EAGLES attribute
                politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns. In French, for
                example, it is possible to treat Polite simply as pragmatic values encoded through
                other attributes - especially person and number. In languages where there are
                special polite pronoun forms (e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted), the additional
                Politeness attribute is required.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06) </desc>
            <desc> In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or
                respectful reference, e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Positive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Positive</IRI>
            <name>positive</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1420</desc>
            <desc> Value used in a comparison relationship when no comparison is involved.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1420) The Positive is the form of an adjective or
                adverb on which comparative and superlative are formed.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Positive 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Possessive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Possessive</IRI>
            <name>possessive</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1355</desc>
            <desc> Relative to the possession or association.
                (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=possessive;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1355) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf referentType (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Possible</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Possible</IRI>
            <name>possible</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Postposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Postposition</IRI>
            <name>postposition</name>
            <desc>EAGLES adposition with the optional attribute Type="Preposition".</desc>
            <desc> A postposition is an adposition that occurs after its complement.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPostposition.htm
                19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Predicate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Predicate</IRI>
            <name>predicate</name>
            <desc> The predicate is the relation between the Clause and a portion of a clause,
                excluding the subject, that expresses something about the subject (Crystal 1980:
                280; Hartmann and Stork 1972: 182; Pei and Gaynor 1954: 173; Pike and Pike 1982: 40;
                Mish et al. 1990: 926; Crystal 1985: 241-242).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/predicate) </desc>
            <desc>adapted from http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/predicate</desc>
            <desc> Note that most predicates are also (semantic) Heads of the respective clause (cf.
                van Valin and Lapolla 1997, who, however, use the term "nucleus"). A syntax-centered
                approach on heads may, however, assign the label Head to an auxiliary. As "head" is
                ambiguous between a syntactic function (finite verb) and a semantic function
                (predicate), a direct association is avoided here. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NominalPredicate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NominalPredicate</IRI>
            <name>predicate nominal</name>
            <name>nominal predicate</name>
            <desc> A nominal predicate (noun or adjective), either with or without copula. The term
                nominal predicate may be used for the complements of further copulative verbs (cf.
                small clauses), e.g. "consider", "call", etc. (Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.5) </desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with SFB632 annotation guidelines (Dipper et al.,
                2007)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuestionPredicate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuestionPredicate</IRI>
            <name>predicate question</name>
            <name>question predicate</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>SQ &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Inverted yes/no question, or main clause of a
                wh-question, following the wh-phrase in SBARQ. (Bies et al. 1995) SQ|That part of an
                SBARQ that excludes the wh-word or wh-phrase. See Section 5.32. (Santorini 1991) The
                SBARQ label marks wh-questions (i.e., those that contain a gap and therefore require
                a trace). A further level of structure, SQ, contains the inverted auxiliary (if
                there is one) and the rest of the sentence. The inverted auxiliary in wh-questions
                is not labeled. ... SQ (See also section 1.2.7.) &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x81;¢ inside SBARQ:
                As described above, inside wh-questions, SQ holds the subject, inverted auxiliary
                (if any), main verb phrase, and some adjuncts. &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x81;¢ yes/no
                questions: SQ is used for yes/no questions (i.e., those with inversion but no
                wh-movement). ... &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x81;¢ subject-less yes/no questions: In questions
                where the auxiliary and subject do not appear, the auxiliary is unlabeled and a null
                subject (NP-SBJ *) is used. ... Note that questions with overt subjects and
                auxiliaries that show declarative word order are simply labeled S.
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x81;¢ Tag questions: Tag questions are treated as an adjunction of
                SQ to S. The resulting structure is labeled SQ, since the whole thing is
                interrogative in nature. The lower SQ is annotated to show predicate deletion; that
                is, an appropriate null *?* is inserted. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VerbalPredicate</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VerbalPredicate</IRI>
            <name>predicate verbal</name>
            <name>verbal predicate</name>
            <desc> The predicate of the clause is represented by a verbal lexeme. (Ch. Chiarcos) </desc>
            <desc>introduced for non-nominal predicates, normally referred to as ``predicate'' (Ch.
                Chiarcos)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Prefix</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Prefix</IRI>
            <name>prefix</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1365</desc>
            <desc> Affix added before a word to change its meaning or part of speech. (Sue Ellen
                Wright + Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1365) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SeparablePrefix</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SeparablePrefix</IRI>
            <name>prefix separable</name>
            <name>separable prefix</name>
            <desc>TüBa-D/Z</desc>
            <desc>separable verb prefix, e.g., "Auch die Vertreter der AfB [stimmten] den 86
                Millionen [zu]."</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Preposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Preposition</IRI>
            <name>preposition</name>
            <desc>EAGLES adposition with Type="Preposition".</desc>
            <desc> A preposition is an adposition that occurs before its complement.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPreposition.htm
                19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CompoundPreposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CompoundPreposition</IRI>
            <name>preposition compound</name>
            <name>compound preposition</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1934</desc>
            <desc> Preposition that is a aggregation of words (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1934) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FusedPreposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FusedPreposition</IRI>
            <name>preposition fused</name>
            <name>fused preposition</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1901</desc>
            <desc> Preposition that is the result of a morphological merge from at least two words.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1901) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SimplePreposition</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SimplePreposition</IRI>
            <name>preposition simple</name>
            <name>simple preposition</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1900</desc>
            <desc> Preposition that is a pure simple word in contrast with the notion of fused
                preposition. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1900) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Present</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Present</IRI>
            <name>present</name>
            <desc>EAGLES,
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#presentTense</desc>
            <desc> Present tense refers to the moment of utterance.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#presentTense) Present
                tense refers to the moment of utterance. It often refers to events or states that do
                not merely coincide with the moment of utterance, such as those that are continuous,
                habitual, or lawlike.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsPresentTense.htm
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativePresent</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativePresent</IRI>
            <name>present relative</name>
            <name>relative present</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePresent</desc>
            <desc> RelativePresentTense locates the situation in question simultaneously with some
                contextually determined temporal reference point.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePresent) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StillPresent</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StillPresent</IRI>
            <name>present still</name>
            <name>still present</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/StillPresent</desc>
            <desc> StillPresentTense is similar to PresentTense but carries the presupposition that
                an event or state held before the moment of utterance. In positive declarative
                clauses, still present tense asserts that the event or state holds at the moment of
                utterance (Comrie 1985: 54; named changed from 'StillTense').
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/StillPresent) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MorphologicalProcess</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MorphologicalProcess</IRI>
            <name>process morphological</name>
            <name>morphological process</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PhonologicalProcess</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PhonologicalProcess</IRI>
            <name>process phonological</name>
            <name>phonological process</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Pronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Pronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbbreviatedPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbbreviatedPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun abbreviated</name>
            <name>abbreviated pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Pronominal</desc>
            <desc>Abbreviation/Syntactic_Type="pronominal" (Romanian), e.g., d-ta/dumneata,
                d-tale/dumitale, d-voastră/dumneavoastră, dv./dumneavoastră, dvs./dumneavoastră
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Pronominal)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AllusivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AllusivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun allusive</name>
            <name>allusive pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2223</desc>
            <desc> pronoun that have reference to something characterized by allusions. (MIRACL
                &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2223) an invariable pronoun expressing a
                specific intention by means of unclear term (Khemakhem Aida, 2010-05-10 via
                isocat-morpho@loria.fr) examples from Arabic (Monica Monachini 2010-05-06 via
                isocat-morpho@loria.fr): "kam nahaituhu" (how often I forbade him, Hans Wehr), "baas
                Saar `amra `ashr isniin, gam (= kam) yriid paysikil" (He just turned ten, and here
                [how] he wants a bicycle, Georgetown University Iraqi Arabic-English Dictionary),
                "gam (= kam) yurguS imnil-faraH" ([how] he jumped for joy, Georgetown University
                Iraqi Arabic-English Dictionary) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AttributivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AttributivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun attributive</name>
            <name>attributive pronoun</name>
            <desc> An attributive pronoun is a pronoun that modifies an NP. </desc>
            <desc> In languages with grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns are
                determiners. In languages without grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns
                are described as adjectives. In order to provide a uniform modeling of attributive
                pronouns, they are defined here as being the intersection of Determiner and Pronoun.
                Note that this entails that the definition of "Determiner" is broadened to include
                determiner-like elements in languages without grammatical determiners. (Chiarcos)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun conditional</name>
            <name>conditional pronoun</name>
            <desc>check for a definition</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2222</desc>
            <desc> conditional pronoun (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2222) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DemonstrativePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DemonstrativePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun demonstrative</name>
            <name>demonstrative pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Demonstrative".</desc>
            <desc>TODO: This definition is nonsatisfactory, cf. Ehlich (1982) for intra-textual
                ("anadeictic") uses of demonstratives. </desc>
            <desc> Demonstrative pronouns are deictic words (they depend on an external frame of
                reference). They indicate which entities a speaker refers to, and distinguishes
                those entities from others. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demonstrative_pronoun
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DeterminalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DeterminalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun determinal</name>
            <name>determinal pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DeterminalPronoun</desc>
            <desc>Not to be confused with pronominal determiners</desc>
            <desc>The Estonian determinal pronouns _ise_, _end(a)_ `(one)self'." combine aspects of
                emphatic pronouns and reflexive pronouns. It could also be described as an
                intensifier that is formally identical with the reflexive pronoun or as an emphatic
                reflexive pronoun. (Ivan A. Derzhanski, Heiki-Jaan Kaalep,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DeterminalPronoun; Insa Gülzow (2006), The
                acquisition of intensifiers: Emphatic reflexives in English and German child
                language, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 258) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DistributivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DistributivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun distributive</name>
            <name>distributive pronoun</name>
            <desc>adopted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages),
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Distributivity is a property of Pronominals</desc>
            <desc> When the subject is conjoined, the reflexive cannot refer to only one of them.
                The proform has to be a distributive pronoun, i.e., the reduplicated form, when it
                has coreference to respective subjects, e.g., *kumaarum_i/Kumar.and
                umaavum_j/Uma.and tan_i+j/self-poss puunekki/cat.to paalu/milk
                kuDuttaanaanga/give-pst-aggr. "*Kumar_i and Uma gave milk to his_i/her_j cat."
                (Annamalai 2000, p. 189, on Tamil) Unlike reciprocals, the two parts of a
                distributive pronoun cannot be considered as two full, independent NPs. In "awar/1
                awar/2", only "awar/2" is case marked; "awar/1" is its citation form. Also, the two
                parts cannot be separated by intervening material (cf. English "one another").
                (Jayaseelan 2000, p. 149, on Malayalam) (K.A. Jayaseelan, 2000, Lexical anaphors and
                pronouns in Malayalam, In: Barbara C. Lust, Kashi Wali, James W. Gair, K.V.Subharao
                (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian Languages. A
                Principled Typology, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 113-168) (E. Annamalai, 2000,
                Lexical anaphors and pronouns in Tamil, , In: Barbara C. Lust, Kashi Wali, James W.
                Gair, K.V.Subharao (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian
                Languages. A Principled Typology, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 169-216) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#EmphaticPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:EmphaticPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun emphatic</name>
            <name>emphatic pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941</desc>
            <desc> Pronoun marked to show its importance. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExclamatoryPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExclamatoryPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun exclamatory</name>
            <name>exclamatory pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES WHPronoun with Wh-Type="Exclamatory".</desc>
            <desc> An exclamative pronoun is a word which marks an exclamation.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnExclamative.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExpletivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExpletivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun expletive</name>
            <name>expletive pronoun</name>
            <desc> Missing in the EAGLES recommendations, added in accordance with the TIGER
                annotation scheme (for German). As expletive pronouns often (e.g., in German or
                English) have the form of 3.sg personal pronouns, expletives are modelled here as
                subclass of ThirdPersonPronoun. </desc>
            <desc>TODO: compare with GOLD, modeled as a PartOfSpeechProperty there</desc>
            <desc>TODO: revise definition, the GOLD definition applies to copula, too.</desc>
            <desc> An expletive (also known as a dummy word) is a part of speech whose members have
                no meaning, but complete a sentence to make it grammatical [Crystal 1997, 127]
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Expletive) In European languages, expletives are
                pronouns. A verbal part of speech that "has no meaning, but complete a sentence to
                make it grammatical" is a copula (see AuxiliaryVerb). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImpersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImpersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun impersonal</name>
            <name>impersonal pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1426</desc>
            <desc> Pronoun lacking person referent. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1426) More precisely, a form of pronoun that denotes
                the absence of a concrete or specific referent, e.g., German "man". As opposed to
                IndefinitePronoun, this referent is not just discourse-new, but generic or
                hypothetical. </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndefinitePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndefinitePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun indefinite</name>
            <name>indefinite pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NegativePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NegativePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun negative</name>
            <name>negative pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1925</desc>
            <desc> Pronoun used in a context of a negation or for expressing a negation.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1925) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA), reclassification as IndefinitePronoun follows
                EAGLES and STTS praxis</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonspecificPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonspecificPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun nonspecific</name>
            <name>nonspecific pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun</desc>
            <desc>In the Russian MTE v4 specs, Pronoun/Type="nonspecific" marks the following
                Russian words: весь 'all', всякий 'any, every', сам 'oneself', самый 'the very',
                каждый 'every, each', иной 'other', любой 'any', другой 'other'. The name
                "nonspecific" follows Halliday (1985, Section 6.2.1.1). (MTE v4) A nonspecific
                pronoun refers to an unidentified or general entity (e.g., "I saw *someone*", "I saw
                *everyone*"). A nonspecific pronoun is not, therefore, a personal pronoun, but an
                indefinite one. (Andrews 2003). Andrews, Richard J. (2003), Introduction to
                Classical Nahuatl. University of Oklahoma Press. Halliday, M.A.K. (1985), An
                introduction to Functional Grammar, London: Edward Arnold
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FirstPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FirstPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun person first</name>
            <name>first person pronoun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Pronoun with Person="First". As only personal and reflexive pronouns show
                person differentiation, FirstPersonPronoun is modelled as a subclass of
                PersReflConcept here. </desc>
            <desc> A FirstPersonPronoun refers to the speaker, or to both the speaker and referents
                grouped with the speaker.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsFirstPersonDeixis.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun person second</name>
            <name>second person pronoun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Pronoun with Person="Second". According to Mish et al. (1990:878), this
                pertains to PersonalPronoun only (and ReflexivePronoun as German "dich"), so
                SecondPersonPronoun is modelled as a PersReflPronoun here. </desc>
            <desc>TODO: Person as property</desc>
            <desc> Second person deixis means deictic reference to a person or persons identified as
                addressee.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsSecondPersonDeixis.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FamiliarSecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FamiliarSecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun person second familiar</name>
            <name>familiar second person pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES PersonalPronoun with Politeness="Familiar". The EAGLES attribute politeness
                (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns. </desc>
            <desc> In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or
                respectful reference, e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted. The concept
                FamiliarSecondPersonPronoun applies to the corresponding unmarked forms for informal
                conversiation in such languages.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PoliteSecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PoliteSecondPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun person second polite</name>
            <name>polite second person pronoun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES PersonalPronoun with Politeness="Polite". The EAGLES attribute politeness
                (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns. In French, for example, it
                is possible to treat Polite simply as pragmatic values encoded through other
                attributes - especially person and number. In languages where there are special
                polite pronoun forms (e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted), the additional Politeness
                attribute is required. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p
                19.09.06) </desc>
            <desc>TODO: Politeness as feature rather than a concept. </desc>
            <desc> In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or
                respectful reference, e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ThirdPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ThirdPersonPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun person third</name>
            <name>third person pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun personal</name>
            <name>personal pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES PersReflPronoun with "Special PronounType"="Personal".</desc>
            <desc>TODO: the SIL definition (also used in GOLD) is nonsatisfactory. German reflexive
                pronouns have person distinction, so this definition actually applies to EAGLES
                PersReflPronoun rather than EAGLES PersonalPronoun. </desc>
            <desc> A personal pronoun is a pronoun that expresses a distinction of person deixis.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPersonalPronoun.htm
                19.09.06) Note that (despite the SIL definition), an olia:PersonalPronoun refers to
                irreflexive personal pronouns. Personal pronoun categories without reflexivity
                sensitivity should be mapped onto olia:PersReflPronoun. (CC) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AffixedPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AffixedPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun personal affixed</name>
            <name>affixed personal pronoun</name>
            <desc> http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2221, modelled as a subClassOf PersonalPronoun,
                clitic pronouns are weak personal pronouns </desc>
            <desc> Personnal pronoun that is affixed. (MIRACL &amp; LSCA;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2221) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StrongPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StrongPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun personal strong</name>
            <name>strong personal pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1390</desc>
            <desc> Personal pronoun that can occupy the position after a preposition and/or
                reinforce a weak personal pronoun. (Eagles; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1390) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf personalPronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WeakPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WeakPersonalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun personal weak</name>
            <name>weak personal pronoun</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1414</desc>
            <desc> Personal pronoun that cannot occupy the position after a preposition and/or
                reinforce a strong personal pronoun. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1414) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf personalPronoun (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun possessive</name>
            <name>possessive pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReciprocalPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReciprocalPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun reciprocal</name>
            <name>reciprocal pronoun</name>
            <desc> EAGLES PersReflPronoun with "Special PronounType"="Reciprocal". </desc>
            <desc> A reciprocal pronoun is a pronoun that expresses a mutual feeling or action among
                the referents of a plural subject.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAReciprocalPronoun.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PersReflPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PersReflPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun refl pers</name>
            <name>pers refl pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Pers/Ref".</desc>
            <desc>TODO: This class should be renamed to PersonalPronoun, as it corresponds to the
                definition of PersonalPronoun in GOLD. Subclasses then should be renamed to
                ReflexivePronoun and NonreflexivePersonalPronoun. </desc>
            <desc> In Eagles personal and reflexive pronouns are brought together as a single value
                Pers./Refl. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recp 19.09.06)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun reflexive</name>
            <name>reflexive pronoun</name>
            <desc>EAGLES PersReflPronoun with SpecialPronounType="Reflexive".</desc>
            <desc> A reflexive pronoun is a pronoun that has coreference with the subject.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAReflexivePronoun.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun relative</name>
            <name>relative pronoun</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubstitutivePronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubstitutivePronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun substitutive</name>
            <name>substitutive pronoun</name>
            <desc>introduced to account for non-attributive pronouns, see
                olia:AttributivePronoun</desc>
            <desc>non-attributive pronoun</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ZeroPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ZeroPronoun</IRI>
            <name>pronoun zero</name>
            <name>zero pronoun</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995; often considered as
                extremely weak form of personal pronouns (Ariel 1990; Givón 1995) </desc>
            <desc>*|An asterisk represents a zero pronoun; it may need to be deleted. ... * is used
                to represent the empty subject of gerunds, imperatives and to-infinitive clauses.
                (Santorini 1991) (NP *) &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ arbitrary PRO, controlled PRO, and
                trace of A-movement (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Proximal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Proximal</IRI>
            <name>proximal</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticProximalDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>The referent denoted by a distal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English that) is
                usually spatially more remote or discoursally less salient as compared to a referent
                denoted by a proximal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English this) (Chiarcos) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ThirdProximative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ThirdProximative</IRI>
            <name>proximative third</name>
            <name>third proximative</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdProximative, modelled here under
                Third</desc>
            <desc> Proximative refers to one or more non-participants that are in some way
                distinct/closer to the speaker than other non-particpants.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdProximative) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Punctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Punctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Punctuation (PU). For subconcepts, Wilson and Leech
                (1996) propose two alternative classifications: Here, we implement the more
                interesting, i.e. position (the alternative is just enumeration of possible signs) </desc>
            <desc> Punctuation marks (PU) are treated here as a part of morphosyntactic annotation,
                as it is very common for punctuation marks to be tagged and to be treated as
                equivalent to words for the purposes of automatic tag assignment.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mp 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SentenceFinalPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SentenceFinalPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation final sentence</name>
            <name>sentence final punctuation</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with
                http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv</desc>
            <desc> SentenceFinalPunctuation are . ? !.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativePunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativePunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative punctuation</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2087</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation used when the sentence is interrogative.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2087) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MainPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MainPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation main</name>
            <name>main punctuation</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2075</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation that is more important than a secondary punctuation with regards to
                sentence splitting in a text. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2075) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf punctuation (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SentenceMedialPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SentenceMedialPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation medial sentence</name>
            <name>sentence medial punctuation</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with a suggestion by Wilson and Leech (1996)</desc>
            <desc> SentenceMedialPunctuation are , ; : - .
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation parenthetical</name>
            <name>parenthetical punctuation</name>
            <desc>Parenthetical elements are dominated by a node labeled PRN. Punctuation marks that
                set off a parenthetical (i.e., commas, dashes, parentheses (-LRB- and -RRB-)) are
                contained within the PRN node. Use of PRN is determined ultimately by individual
                annotator intuition, though the presence of dashes or parentheses strongly suggests
                a parenthetical. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with Penn Treebank Bracketing Guidelines (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LeftParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LeftParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation parenthetical left</name>
            <name>left parenthetical punctuation</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to OpeningPerentheticalPunctuation to support scripts running from
                left to right.</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with a suggestion by Wilson and Leech (1996);
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2078 (open punctuation)</desc>
            <desc> Beginning of a paired punctuation. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2078) </desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to OpenPunctuation</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RightParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RightParentheticalPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation parenthetical right</name>
            <name>right parenthetical punctuation</name>
            <desc>TODO: rename to ClosePunctuation to support scripts running from left to
                right</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2079</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with EAGLES suggestions
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv)</desc>
            <desc> End of a paired punctuation. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2079)
                RightParentheticalPunctuation is a punctuation mark which concludes a constituent
                whose the opening is marked by a LeftParentheticalPunctuation, e.g. ), ] and Spanish
                ?. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SecondaryPunctuation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SecondaryPunctuation</IRI>
            <name>punctuation secondary</name>
            <name>secondary punctuation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Quadrial</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Quadrial</IRI>
            <name>quadrial</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2000</desc>
            <desc> Property related to four elements. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2000) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Qualifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Qualifier</IRI>
            <name>qualifier</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Quantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Quantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier</name>
            <desc> A category "Quantifier" is missing in EAGLES, but seems to be conflated with
                IndefiniteDeterminer. Added as top-level concept in accordance with the SFB632
                annotation guidelines. Against the original (and meanwhile corrected) modelling in
                GOLD, Quantifier is not a subconcept of Determiner. </desc>
            <desc> A quantifier is a determiner that expresses a referent's definite or indefinite
                number or amount. A quantifier functions as a modifier of a noun, or pronoun.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuantifier.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DemonstrativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DemonstrativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier demonstrative</name>
            <name>demonstrative quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemonstrativeQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="demonstrative" are items
                meaning `this many/much', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals
                (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so
                they are described variously as pronouns (because they contain a demonstrative
                element) or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that of numerals,
                or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemonstrativeQuantifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DualQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DualQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier dual</name>
            <name>dual quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>Quantifiers that enforce dual agreement (i.e., as with the numeral "2"). Some
                feminine and neuter body parts in Czech have preserved dual forms, and if the noun
                is dual, so are its attributes (adjectives, pronouns). So the agreement of the
                numeral 2 differs formally from 3-4 (Ivan A. Derzhanski, email 2010/06/16,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier) Numeral/Class="definite",
                Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234" etc. refer to specific
                patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate from the difference
                between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2, definite234) and plural
                (definite). (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndefiniteQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndefiniteQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier indefinite</name>
            <name>indefinite quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#IndefiniteQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="indefinite" are items meaning
                `several/some', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals (pro-quantifiers), but
                traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so they are described
                variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that
                of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#IndefiniteQuantifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InterrogativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InterrogativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier interrogative</name>
            <name>interrogative quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InterrogativeQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 pecs, Numeral/Class="interrogative" are items
                meaning `how many/much', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals
                (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so
                they are described variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic
                distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email
                2010/06/11,
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InterrogativeQuantifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PaucalQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PaucalQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier paucal</name>
            <name>paucal quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PaucalQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>Quantifiers that enforce paucal agreement. In many Slavic languages, numerals
                between 2 and 4 (and some quantifiers) involve a specific agreement patterns that is
                different from that of smaller and greater numbers. In Russian, for example,
                genitive singular is requires. These numerals and quantifiers with the same
                characteristics are referred to here as "paucal quantifiers". (cf. David Pesetsky,
                http://www.uni-leipzig.de/~jtrommer/Harvard/pesetsky.pdf)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PluralQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PluralQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier plural</name>
            <name>plural quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PluralQuantifier
                Numeral/Class="definite", Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234"
                etc. refer to specific patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate
                from the difference between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2,
                definite234) and plural (definite).</desc>
            <desc>A PluralQuantifier is a Quantifier (or Numeral) that specifies a large multitude
                of entities. The agreement pattern of a plural quantifier is different from that or
                an singular quantifier, but as opposed to DualQuantifier and PaucalQuantifier,
                PluralQuantifier includes quantifiers that denote arbitrarily large sets of
                entities. (Chiarcos) The corresponding category in Czech, Polish and Slovak MTE v4
                specs is Numeral/Class="definite", that refers to numerals larger than four. (MTE
                v4) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier pro</name>
            <name>pro quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ProQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>A ProQuantifier is a quantifier derived from a pronominal element. ProQuantifiers
                thus partly characterized as pronouns (e.g., as pronominal adverbs) or quantifiers
                (e.g., "indefinite numeral" as in MTE v.4).
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ProQuantifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier relative</name>
            <name>relative quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RelativeQuantifier</desc>
            <desc>In the Czech MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="relative" are items meaning `how
                many/much', `as many/much' etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals
                (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so
                they are described variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic
                distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email
                2010/06/11, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RelativeQuantifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SingularQuantifier</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SingularQuantifier</IRI>
            <name>quantifier singular</name>
            <name>singular quantifier</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SingularQuantifier (MTE v4
                Numeral/Class="definite1",
                http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SingularQuantifier)
                Numeral/Class="definite", Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234"
                etc. refer to specific patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate
                from the difference between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2,
                definite234) and plural (definite).</desc>
            <desc>A singular quantifier is a quantifier or a numeral that specifies a single
                referent from a set. (Chiarcos) In Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, the corresponding
                category Numeral/Class="definite1" is applied to the numeral "one". (MTE v4)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Question</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Question</IRI>
            <name>question</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>There are two types of questions: direct questions (which are main clauses ending
                with a question mark) and indirect questions (which are subordinate clauses embedded
                under a verb). In this section, we discuss only direct questions; indirect questions
                are bracketed as SBAR&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¹s (see Section 5.17). (Santorini
                1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectQuestion</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectQuestion</IRI>
            <name>question direct</name>
            <name>direct question</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#YesNoQuestion</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:YesNoQuestion</IRI>
            <name>question no yes</name>
            <name>yes no question</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>There are two types of direct questions: yes-no questions and wh-questions. Yes-no
                questions should be bracketed as SQ. The auxiliary verb or form of do that precedes
                the subject in a yes-no question is a child of SQ. Note that yes-no questions need
                not contain a VP node (Santorini 1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Quote</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Quote</IRI>
            <name>quote</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2081</desc>
            <desc> Punctuation usually used to surround a quotation.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2081) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Reduplication</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Reduplication</IRI>
            <name>reduplication</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2346 (reduplication)</desc>
            <desc> process to modify the sense of a word by some operations to repeat the sound of a
                word. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2346) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Reflexive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Reflexive</IRI>
            <name>reflexive</name>
            <desc>TODO: integrate with Voice, rename to ReflexiveVoice</desc>
            <desc> A reflexive verb is a verb whose semantic agent and patient (typically
                represented syntactically by the subject and the direct object) are the same. In
                many languages, reflexive constructions are rendered by transitive verbs followed by
                a reflexive pronoun, as in English -self (e. g., She threw herself to the floor.).
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflexive_verbs 20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonReflexive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonReflexive</IRI>
            <name>reflexive non</name>
            <name>non reflexive</name>
            <desc>TODO: remove</desc>
            <desc> A non-reflexive verb is a verb whose semantic agent and patient (typically
                represented syntactically by the subject and the direct object) are not the same.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflexive_verbs 20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DialectRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DialectRegister</IRI>
            <name>register dialect</name>
            <name>dialect register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1990</desc>
            <desc> Register that is specific to a dialect. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1990) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FacetiousRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FacetiousRegister</IRI>
            <name>register facetious</name>
            <name>facetious register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1991</desc>
            <desc> Register related to an expression that is intended to be clever and funny but
                that is really silly and annoying. (Longma DCE;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1991) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FormalRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FormalRegister</IRI>
            <name>register formal</name>
            <name>formal register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1992</desc>
            <desc> Formal register. (12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1992) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InHouseRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InHouseRegister</IRI>
            <name>register house in</name>
            <name>in house register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1993</desc>
            <desc> Register of terms that are company-specific and not readily recognized outside
                this environment. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1993) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IronicRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IronicRegister</IRI>
            <name>register ironic</name>
            <name>ironic register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1994</desc>
            <desc> Register for irony. (12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1994) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BenchLevelRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BenchLevelRegister</IRI>
            <name>register level bench</name>
            <name>bench level register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1989</desc>
            <desc> Register of terms used in applications-oriented as opposed to theoretical or
                academic levels of language. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1989) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NeutralRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NeutralRegister</IRI>
            <name>register neutral</name>
            <name>neutral register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1999</desc>
            <desc> The register appropriate to general texts or discourse. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1999) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SlangRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SlangRegister</IRI>
            <name>register slang</name>
            <name>slang register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1995</desc>
            <desc> An extremely informal register of a word, term, or text that is used in spoken
                and everyday language and less commonly in documents. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1995) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TabooRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TabooRegister</IRI>
            <name>register taboo</name>
            <name>taboo register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1996</desc>
            <desc> Register that expresses a situation that people avoid because it is extremely
                offensive or embarrassing. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1996) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TechnicalRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TechnicalRegister</IRI>
            <name>register technical</name>
            <name>technical register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1997</desc>
            <desc> The register appropriate to scientific texts or special languages. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1997) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#VulgarRegister</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:VulgarRegister</IRI>
            <name>register vulgar</name>
            <name>vulgar register</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1998</desc>
            <desc> Register of a term or text type that can be characterized as profane or socially
                unacceptable. (ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1998) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Relation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Relation</IRI>
            <name>relation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DependencyRelation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DependencyRelation</IRI>
            <name>relation dependency</name>
            <name>dependency relation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DominanceRelation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DominanceRelation</IRI>
            <name>relation dominance</name>
            <name>dominance relation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LexicalRelation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LexicalRelation</IRI>
            <name>relation lexical</name>
            <name>lexical relation</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticRelation</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticRelation</IRI>
            <name>relation syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic relation</name>
            <desc>TODO: check TDS and GOLD</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Residual</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Residual</IRI>
            <name>residual</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Residual (R) with the exception of its subclass
                "Unclassified". Unclassified is not represented in the OLiA ontology, as it does not
                represent information, but the absence of information. </desc>
            <desc> From a linguistic point of view, Residuals are a heterogeneous class and so,
                Residual may overlap with every linguistically motivate annotation concept. Also
                between subconcepts, overlap may occur (e.g. \LaTeX which is a symbol which can be
                read as an Acronym or acronyms which are related to Abbreviations, e.g. GNU "Gnu is
                not Unix") </desc>
            <desc> The residual value (R) is assigned to classes of text words which lie outside the
                traditionally accepted range of grammatical classes, although they occur quite
                commonly in many texts and very commonly in some. For example: foreign words, or
                mathematical formulae. It can be argued that these are on the fringes of the grammar
                or lexicon of the language in which the text is written. Nevertheless, they need to
                be tagged. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)
                Although words in the Residual category are on the periphery of the lexicon, they
                may take some of the grammatical characteristics, e.g., of nouns. Acronyms such as
                IBM are similar to proper nouns; symbols such as alphabetic characters can vary for
                singular and plural (e.g. How many Ps are there in `psychopath'?), and are in this
                respect like common nouns. In some languages (e.g. Portuguese) such symbols also
                have gender. It is quite reasonable that in some tagging schemes some of these
                classes of word will be classified under other parts of speech. (The Unclassified
                category applies to word-like text segments which do not easily fit into any of the
                foregoing values. For example: incomplete words and pause fillers such as er and erm
                in transcriptions of speech, or written representations of singing such as
                dum-de-dum. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recr
                19.09.06)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AddresseeRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AddresseeRole</IRI>
            <name>role addressee</name>
            <name>addressee role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB vocative, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>-VOC (vocative) — marks nouns of address, regardless of their position in the
                sentence. It is not coindexed to the subject and does not get -TPC when it is
                sentence-initial. (SQ (NP-VOC Mike) , would (NP-SBJ you) (INTJ please) (VP close (NP
                the door)) ?) (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AgentRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AgentRole</IRI>
            <name>role agent</name>
            <name>agent role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#agentRole</desc>
            <desc> An agentive role is one in which the actor exerts some degree of will(-power) in
                the execution of the event.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#agentRole) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#BenefactorRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:BenefactorRole</IRI>
            <name>role benefactor</name>
            <name>benefactor role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#beneficiaryRole</desc>
            <desc> A beneficiary (benefactor) instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate)
                who stands to benefit in some way from the event. Prototypically “benefit” here
                means “to do or be good to, to be of advantage or profit to; to improve, help
                forward” in some way.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#beneficiaryRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CauseRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CauseRole</IRI>
            <name>role cause</name>
            <name>cause role</name>
            <desc>Cause indicates the reason why something happens and is often expressed by a PP
                (because of, with, through etc.). Sometimes this role is close to the role of
                Instrument. The criterion for the choice of tag CAUSE is if the expression can be
                paraphrased through a clausal subordinate clause. (Dipper et al. 2007,
                5.3.10)</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al.
                2007)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ComitativeRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ComitativeRole</IRI>
            <name>role comitative</name>
            <name>comitative role</name>
            <desc> added in conformance with TIGER edge labels, this is explicitly not defined as a
                grammatical case </desc>
            <desc>TODO: Check whether to be merged with ComitativeCase</desc>
            <desc> Comitative carries the meaning 'with' or 'accompanied by' (Anderson, Stephen
                1985: 186; Pei and Gaynor 1954: 42;Dixon, R. 1972: 12; Gove, et al. 1966: 455).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative) Comitative applies to an animate
                entity that accompanies a participant of the action. (Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.12)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionRole</IRI>
            <name>role condition</name>
            <name>condition role</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ConditionalAdverb</desc>
            <desc>Adverbial that denotes a condition. (Petrova and Odebrecht 2011)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectionRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectionRole</IRI>
            <name>role direction</name>
            <name>direction role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)</desc>
            <desc>-DIR (direction) &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ marks adverbials that answer the questions
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼from where?&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ and &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼to
                where?&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ It implies motion, which can be metaphorical as in
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼...rose 5 pts. to 57-1/2&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ or
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼increased 70% to 5.8 billion yen&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ (see
                section 23 [&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼Financialspeak&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½ Conventions]).
                -DIR is most often used with verbs of motion/transit and financial verbs: (S (NP-SBJ
                I) (VP flew (PP-DIR from (NP Tokyo)) (PP-DIR to (NP New York)))) (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExperiencerRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExperiencerRole</IRI>
            <name>role experiencer</name>
            <name>experiencer role</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#experiencerRole,
                originally a subconcept of UndergoerMacroRole </desc>
            <desc> An experiencer instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who takes the
                event in through sensory means in some way.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#experiencerRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ExtentRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ExtentRole</IRI>
            <name>role extent</name>
            <name>extent role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)</desc>
            <desc>-EXT (extent) &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ marks adverbial phrases that describe the
                spatial extent of an activity. -EXT was incorporated primarily for cases of movement
                in financial space, but is also used in analogous situations elsewhere. (S (NP-SBJ
                the Dow Jones Industrial Average) (VP plunged (NP-EXT 190.58 points))) (S (NP-SBJ
                She) (VP walked (NP-EXT 5 miles))) Obligatory complements do not receive -EXT: (S
                (NP-SBJ The sumo wrestler) (VP gained (NP 80 pounds))) Words such as fully and
                completely are absolutes and do not receive -EXT. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ForceRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ForceRole</IRI>
            <name>role force</name>
            <name>force role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#forceRole</desc>
            <desc> A force role is one in which the instantiator (the “force”) exerts some degree of
                energy which initiates (or impacts on) the execution of the event. In contrast to an
                agent, an instantitor of a force may be an inanimate entity, such as a climactic
                condition. The non-controlling entity instigating a Process (=Dynamism or Change)
                (Dik, 1997:118)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#forceRole) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GoalRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GoalRole</IRI>
            <name>role goal</name>
            <name>goal role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#goalRole</desc>
            <desc> A goal role instantiates the (intended) end location (directional path) of an
                event. (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#goalRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InstrumentRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InstrumentRole</IRI>
            <name>role instrument</name>
            <name>instrument role</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#instrumentRole, cf.
                TIGER edge label "Instrumental" </desc>
            <desc>SemanticRole added in conformance with TIGER</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LocationRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LocationRole</IRI>
            <name>role location</name>
            <name>location role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#locationRole, cf.
                the TIGER edge label "Locative"</desc>
            <desc> Semantic role for the final location of action or a time of the action.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326) Adverbials that indicate place/setting of the
                event. (PP-LOC on (NP the moon)) May also indicate metaphorical location: (PP-LOC
                amongst (NP yourselves)) (Bies et al. 1995) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ActorMacroRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ActorMacroRole</IRI>
            <name>role macro actor</name>
            <name>actor macro role</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#actorRole </desc>
            <desc> The most agentive semantic role of the current clause (van Valin and Lapolla
                1997), designated subject (from a semantic point of view) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#UndergoerMacroRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:UndergoerMacroRole</IRI>
            <name>role macro undergoer</name>
            <name>undergoer macro role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#undergoerRole</desc>
            <desc> The least agentive argument of the current clause (van Valin and Lapolla 1997),
                the designated object (from a semantic perspective). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MalefactorRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MalefactorRole</IRI>
            <name>role malefactor</name>
            <name>malefactor role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#maleficiaryRole</desc>
            <desc> A maleficiary (malefactor) instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate)
                who stands to undergoe a misfortune, or be at a disadvantage in some way from the
                event.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#maleficiaryRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MannerRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MannerRole</IRI>
            <name>role manner</name>
            <name>manner role</name>
            <desc> Manner applies to constituents that denote how something is carried out. Adverbs
                may also denote manner, however, they are not annotated at any of the syntactic
                layers. (Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.11) </desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with the SFB632 annotation scheme (Dipper et al. 2007)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ObliqueRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ObliqueRole</IRI>
            <name>role oblique</name>
            <name>oblique role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#obliqueRole</desc>
            <desc> A semantic role which is not straightforward.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#obliqueCase) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PathRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PathRole</IRI>
            <name>role path</name>
            <name>path role</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER way (directional modifier)</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER way (directional modifier)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PatientRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PatientRole</IRI>
            <name>role patient</name>
            <name>patient role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#patientRole</desc>
            <desc> A patient instantiates the role of an entity which undergoes a change of state
                (Cruse 2000:284)
                http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#patientRole </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PositionerRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PositionerRole</IRI>
            <name>role positioner</name>
            <name>positioner role</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#positionerRole </desc>
            <desc> The entity controlling a Position (Dik, 1997:118)
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#positionerRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PossessorRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PossessorRole</IRI>
            <name>role possessor</name>
            <name>possessor role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with Stanford Parser Dependency Labels</desc>
            <desc>Semantic role as used by the Stanford Dependency Parser</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ProcessedRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ProcessedRole</IRI>
            <name>role processed</name>
            <name>processed role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#processedRole</desc>
            <desc> The entity that undergoes a Process (Dik, 1997:118).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#processedRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PurposeRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PurposeRole</IRI>
            <name>role purpose</name>
            <name>purpose role</name>
            <desc>-PRP (purpose or reason) &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ marks purpose or reason clauses and
                PPs. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RecipientRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RecipientRole</IRI>
            <name>role recipient</name>
            <name>recipient role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#recipientRole</desc>
            <desc> A recipient instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who recieves an
                entity in some way from the event. &lt;p&gt; Prototypically “recieve” here means “to
                take in one’s hand, or into one’s possession (something held out or offered by
                another); to take delivery of (a thing) from another” in some way. (OED) &lt;/p&gt;
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#recipientRole)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SemanticRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SemanticRole</IRI>
            <name>role semantic</name>
            <name>semantic role</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SourceRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SourceRole</IRI>
            <name>role source</name>
            <name>source role</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#sourceRole</desc>
            <desc> A source role instantiates the origin of an event or entity.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#sourceRole) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticRole</IRI>
            <name>role syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic role</name>
            <desc> 2010/04/08 merged with EAGLES NPFunction "NPFunction is an additional optional
                attribute for adjectives. It subsumes the values HeadFunction, Postmodifying and
                Premodifying." (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1a 20.11.06)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TargetRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TargetRole</IRI>
            <name>role target</name>
            <name>target role</name>
            <desc>added as counterpart of SourceRole, see there</desc>
            <desc> The target role instantiates the destination of an event or entity. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ThemeRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ThemeRole</IRI>
            <name>role theme</name>
            <name>theme role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with SFB632 Theme</desc>
            <desc>TODO: check definition, AFAIK Theme also applies to the third (non-ACTOR,
                non-UNDERGOER) argument (Ch. Chiarcos)</desc>
            <desc> Theme is a general term covering the notions of patient that means an entity
                affected by the action, of result that means an entity effected by the action, i.e.
                which emerges out of the action, or of theme that means an entity effected by the
                action, i.e. which emerges out of the action. (Dipper et al. 2007: §5.3.3) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TimeRole</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TimeRole</IRI>
            <name>role time</name>
            <name>time role</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with Stanford Parser Dependency Label TIME and SFB632
                annotation guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007)</desc>
            <desc> Semantic role corresponding to the label "TIME" used by the Stanford Dependency
                Parser. Time covers a point or an interval of time at which the action takes place.
                (Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.9) -TMP (temporal) — marks temporal or aspectual
                adverbials that answer the questions when, how often, or how long. It has some uses
                that are not strictly adverbial, such as with dates that modify other NPs (see
                section 11 [Modification of NP]). (Bies et al. 1995) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Root</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Root</IRI>
            <name>root</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2231</desc>
            <desc> base of a word (MIRACL &amp; LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2231) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Second</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Second</IRI>
            <name>second</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Second</desc>
            <desc> Refers to the person(s) the speaker is addressing (Crystal 1997: 285).
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Second) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Sentence</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Sentence</IRI>
            <name>sentence</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DeclarativeSentence</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DeclarativeSentence</IRI>
            <name>sentence declarative</name>
            <name>declarative sentence</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>S|Simple declarative clause, i.e. one that is not introduced by a (possibly empty)
                subordinating conjunction or wh-word and that does not exhibit subject-verb
                inversion. (Santorini 1991) Simple declarative sentences: (S (NP-SBJ Casey) (VP
                threw (NP the ball))) ... S &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Simple declarative clause, i.e.
                one that is not introduced by a (possibly empty) subordinating conjunction or
                wh-word and that does not exhibit subject-verb inversion. (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Separable</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Separable</IRI>
            <name>separable</name>
            <desc>EAGLES; note that UbyPos extends separability to particles</desc>
            <desc> A separable verb is a verb that is composed of a verb stem and a separable affix.
                In some verb forms, the verb appears in one word, whilst in others the verb stem and
                the affix are separated. German and Dutch are notable for having many separable
                verbs. For example, the Dutch verb "aankomen" is a separable verb.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Separable_verb 20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonSeparable</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonSeparable</IRI>
            <name>separable non</name>
            <name>non separable</name>
            <desc>EAGLES; note that UbyPos extends separability to particles</desc>
            <desc> Non-separable verbs are not composed of a verb stem and a separable affix. (cf.
                SeparabilityFeature: Separable) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GraphicalSeparator</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GraphicalSeparator</IRI>
            <name>separator graphical</name>
            <name>graphical separator</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Sequel</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Sequel</IRI>
            <name>sequel</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with ILPOSTS (for Indian languages),
                http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Sequel</desc>
            <desc>Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages. No definition or examples provided:
                Distance=Sequel (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Sequel)</desc>
            <desc>TODO: provide definition</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Simple</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Simple</IRI>
            <name>simple</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Simple applies to the regular type of coordinator occurring between conjuncts:
                German und, for example. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Singular</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Singular</IRI>
            <name>singular</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Singular is a grammatical number denoting a unit quantity (as opposed to the
                plural and other forms). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singular 17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Slash</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Slash</IRI>
            <name>slash</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1437</desc>
            <desc> The punctuation sign / (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1437) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
            <desc>Parenthetical in Russian (instead of "(", ")"), sentence medial in English</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Space</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Space</IRI>
            <name>space</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2189</desc>
            <desc> Empty area between words, lines or columns (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2189)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Specific</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Specific</IRI>
            <name>specific</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer</desc>
            <desc>"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the two readings
                of English indefinites like (3): (3) Iʼm looking for a deer. In the specific reading
                there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am looking for. In the non-specific
                reading I will be happy to find any deer. Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in
                English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either
                reading of (3) a deer is being introduced as a new discourse referent. This is
                opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm
                looking for the deer.ʼ In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In
                Klallam, the specific demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite." (Montler,
                Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International
                Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British
                Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific
                determiners in Klallam, a Salish language,
                http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectSpeech</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectSpeech</IRI>
            <name>speech direct</name>
            <name>direct speech</name>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER</desc>
            <desc>added in accordance with TIGER</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Stem</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Stem</IRI>
            <name>stem</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1389</desc>
            <desc> Root of a word, together with any derivational affixes, to which inflectional
                affixes are added.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAStem.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1389) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Strong</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Strong</IRI>
            <name>strong</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to StrongPronoun</desc>
            <desc> Strong pronouns are different from the weak pronouns (cf. StrengthFeature:Weak)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IntransitiveSubject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IntransitiveSubject</IRI>
            <name>subject intransitive</name>
            <name>intransitive subject</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#S</desc>
            <desc> Intransitive argument (S), single argument of an intransitive verb or only
                argument in a one-place predicate (frame).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#S) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SyntacticSubject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SyntacticSubject</IRI>
            <name>subject syntactic</name>
            <name>syntactic subject</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticSubject</desc>
            <desc> The subject of a sentence is one of the two main parts of a sentence, the other
                being the predicate. Providing an adequate definition of the notion of a subject is
                notoriously difficult, and depends on a range of grammatical properties that may
                vary from language to language. For this reason, many current grammatical theories
                avoid using the term, except for purely descriptive purposes, or define it in terms
                of occupying a particular position in the clause. The term subject refers to the
                grammatical function an expression may have in relation to other expressions in a
                sentence, and it should be distinguished from parts of speech, which classify
                expressions independently of their relations to other constituents of a sentence.
                The subject of a verb is the argument which generally refers to the origin of the
                action or the undergoer of the state shown by the verb. However, this definition
                depends on the particular language under consideration. In languages where a passive
                voice exists, the subject of a passive verb may be the target or result of the
                action. This is a semantic definition.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subject_(grammar)).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticSubject)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TransitiveSubject</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TransitiveSubject</IRI>
            <name>subject transitive</name>
            <name>transitive subject</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#A</desc>
            <desc> First argument of a transitive or ditransitive verb.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#A) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Suffix</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Suffix</IRI>
            <name>suffix</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1395</desc>
            <desc> Affix added at the end of the word to change its meaning or part of speech. (Sue
                Ellen Wright + Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1395) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Superlative</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Superlative</IRI>
            <name>superlative</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1422</desc>
            <desc> The superlative of an adjective or adverb is a form of adjective or adverb which
                indicates that something has some feature to a greater degree than anything it is
                being compared to in a given context. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Superlative
                17.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Supine</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Supine</IRI>
            <name>supine</name>
            <desc>EAGLES NonFiniteVerb with VerbForm="Supine".</desc>
            <desc> Supine is a nonfinite form of motion verbs with functions similar to that of an
                infinitive (Angelika Adams)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Symbol</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Symbol</IRI>
            <name>symbol</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Category Residual with Type="Symbol".</desc>
            <desc> In morphosyntactic annotation schemes, a symbol is a single graphical sign that
                occurs in a written text with a conventionalized meaning but that does not represent
                a phoneme (like ordinary characters), an orthogaphic sign (punctuation), or a
                number. (Christian Chiarcos) Symbols such as alphabetic characters can vary for
                singular and plural (e.g. How many Ps are there in `psychopath'?), and are in this
                respect like common nouns. In some languages (e.g. Portuguese) such symbols also
                have gender. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recr) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbsoluteTense</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbsoluteTense</IRI>
            <name>tense absolute</name>
            <name>absolute tense</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteTense</desc>
            <desc> Absolute tense refers to a time in relation to the moment of utterance.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteTense with
                reference to
                http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisabsolutetense.htm")
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PastPerfectTense</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PastPerfectTense</IRI>
            <name>tense perfect past</name>
            <name>past perfect tense</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348</desc>
            <desc> Past perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time in the
                past relative to a reference point, which itself is in the past relative to the
                moment of utterance
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsPastPerfectTense.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348) </desc>
            <desc> denoting a tense of verbs used in relating past events where the action had
                already occurred at the time of the action of a main verb that is itself in a past
                tense. In English this is a compound tense formed with had plus the past participle
                (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=past+perfect;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PluperfectTense</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PluperfectTense</IRI>
            <name>tense pluperfect</name>
            <name>pluperfect tense</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInPast, classified as absolute-relative tense
                here.</desc>
            <desc> PastInPast tense locates the situation in question prior to a reference time in
                the past. Also known as PluperfectTense.
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInPast) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RelativeTense</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RelativeTense</IRI>
            <name>tense relative</name>
            <name>relative tense</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeTense</desc>
            <desc> Relative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a contextually
                determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter’s temporal relation to
                the moment of utterance.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeTense with
                reference to
                http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisrelativetense.htm)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AbsoluteRelativeTense</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AbsoluteRelativeTense</IRI>
            <name>tense relative absolute</name>
            <name>absolute relative tense</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteRelativeTense</desc>
            <desc> Absolute-relative tense is a tense that (i) refers to a time in relation to a
                temporal reference point that, in turn, is referred to in relation to the moment of
                utterance (ii) in which the time and the reference point are not identical, and
                (iii) the reference point and the moment of utterance are not identical.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteRelativeTense
                with reference to
                http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisabsoluterelativetense.htm)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Text</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Text</IRI>
            <name>text</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1847</desc>
            <desc> Series of sentences expressed in a natural language. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1847) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TitleInRunningText</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TitleInRunningText</IRI>
            <name>text running in title</name>
            <name>title in running text</name>
            <desc>-TTL (title) — is attached to the top node of a title when this title appears
                inside running text. -TTL implies -NOM. The internal structure of the title is
                bracketed as usual. (See section 12 [Titles] for more information about the
                bracketing of titles.) (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DitransitiveTheme</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DitransitiveTheme</IRI>
            <name>theme ditransitive</name>
            <name>ditransitive theme</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#T</desc>
            <desc> Ditransitive theme (T) (Siewierska 2004:57).
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#T) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Third</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Third</IRI>
            <name>third</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Third</desc>
            <desc> Third person is deictic reference to a referent(s) not identified as the speaker
                or addressee. For example in English "he", "she", "they" or the third person
                singular verb suffix -s, e.g. in "He sometimes flies."
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsThirdPersonDeixis.htm
                20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Token</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Token</IRI>
            <name>token</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1403</desc>
            <desc> Character string surrounded by separators. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1403) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#HangingTopic</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:HangingTopic</IRI>
            <name>topic hanging</name>
            <name>hanging topic</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#HangingTopic</desc>
            <desc>HangingTopic constructions are closely related to LeftDislocation. Unlike
                LeftDislocation, the dislocated element and its resuming pronoun do not necessarily
                agree in case, number and gender. (Petrova and Odebrecht 2011,
                http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#HangingTopic)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Topicalization</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Topicalization</IRI>
            <name>topicalization</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>Topicalization structures are ones where a non-subject immediately precedes a
                subject, which immediately precedes the verb/auxiliary of the sentence. Two
                examples: Pizza, John likes. Tomorrow, I will go to the store. Such examples should
                be bracketed as adjunction structures. (Santorini 1991) -TPC (“topicalized”) — marks
                elements that appear before the subject in a declarative sentence, but in two cases
                only: (i) if the fronted element is associated with a *T* in the position of the
                gap. (ii) if the fronted element is left-dislocated (i.e., it is associated with a
                resumptive pronoun in the position of the gap). (See the section on fronted elements
                in section 1 [Overview of Basic Clause Structure] for more details on the treatment
                of fronted elements and the section on *T* with fronted elements in section 4 [Null
                Elements] for more details on the distribution of *T*.) (Bies et al. 1995) Fronted
                elements are placed inside the top clause level (e.g. S, SINV, SQ, SBAR). (Only
                certain fronted elements are tagged -TPC: (i) constituents associated with a *T* in
                the position of the gap and (ii) left-dislocated constituents (those associated with
                a resumptive pronoun in the position of the gap).) (See section 1 [Overview of Basic
                Clause Structure] for more details on the treatment of fronted elements.) (Bies et
                al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Trace</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Trace</IRI>
            <name>trace</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)</desc>
            <desc>T|Trace. Marks the position where a fronted wh-constituent is interpreted. ... T
                marks the spot where an argument NP that has been moved by wh-movement or relative
                clause formation is interpreted. For instance, the relative clause the man that I
                saw should be bracketed as follows, by analogy to the corresponding simple
                declarative I saw the man. (NP (NP the man) (SBAR that (S (NP I) (VP saw) (NP T)))))
                T is also used to represent the empty subjects of as-clauses. (Santorini 1991) *T*
                &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ trace of A&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x81;²-movement (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Transgressive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Transgressive</IRI>
            <name>transgressive</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1404</desc>
            <desc> present (action in the same time as of the predicate): The dog going through the
                house barks. past (action premature to the one of predicate): He has started to read
                the book after he had sat down. (ark.wz.cz/cidarke/mverb.html;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1404) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Transitive</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Transitive</IRI>
            <name>transitive</name>
            <desc>SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)</desc>
            <desc> A predicate/verb that takes two arguments, e.g., English "to kiss", cf. van Valin
                and Lapolla (1997). </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Trial</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Trial</IRI>
            <name>trial</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1407</desc>
            <desc> Grammatical number referring to 'three things', as opposed to 'singular' and
                'plural'. (en2.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trial_number;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1407) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NarrativeType</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NarrativeType</IRI>
            <name>type narrative</name>
            <name>narrative type</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Typo</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Typo</IRI>
            <name>typo</name>
            <desc>a mis-typed word</desc>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Typo</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Uncountable</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Uncountable</IRI>
            <name>uncountable</name>
            <desc>EAGLES, remodelling of MassNoun vs. CommonNoun</desc>
            <desc> A mass noun (also uncountable noun or non-count noun) can't be modified by a
                numeral, occur in singular/plural or co-occur with the relevant kind of determiner.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mass_noun 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Uninflected</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Uninflected</IRI>
            <name>uninflected</name>
            <desc>Chiarcos, cf. BaseForm in Susanne (Sampson 1995) and related schemes, and
                http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#UnmarkedForGender</desc>
            <desc> In many inflecting languages, there occur lexemes whose form does not change
                throughout the paradigm, e.g., Russian papa "dad". For such forms, the category
                uninflected may be assigned. However, Uninflected is not to be confused with
                BaseForm that applies to forms in a paradigm where overt marking exists. Uninflected
                is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens. </desc>
            <desc>For the EMILLE tagset (for Urdu, Hardi 2003), we need the possibility to specify
                that a lexeme is (un)inflected ([un]marked) *for a specific feature* (e.g., Gender,
                http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#GenderMarking). At the moment, this cannot be
                expressed.</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Unique</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Unique</IRI>
            <name>unique</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category Unique (U). "The unique value (U) is applied to
                categories with a unique or very small membership, such as negative particle, which
                are ‘unassigned’ to any of the standard part-of-speech categories. The value unique
                cannot always be strictly applied, since (for example) Greek has three negative
                particles ... No subcategories are recommended, although it is expected that tagsets
                for individual languages will need to identify such one-member word-classes as
                Negative particle, Existential particle, Infinitive marker, etc"
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html) According to the EAGLES
                definition and examples, this seems to be closely related to "particle". Particles
                are uninflected function words, in a broader sense, everything which is not
                inflected is a particle, i.e. including interjections, in GOLD, uninflected items
                such as adpositions, conjunctions and interjections are excluded: "A particle is a
                partOfSpeech whose members do not belong to one of the main classes of words, is
                invariable, and typically has grammatical or pragmatic meaning." The EAGLES
                definition emphasizes the invariability of particles. </desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to Particle</desc>
            <desc> Unique approximates the linguistic concept "Particle". It covers categories with
                unique or very small membership, such as negative particle, which are `unassigned'
                to any of the standard part-of-speech categories.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mp 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LexicalUnit</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LexicalUnit</IRI>
            <name>unit lexical</name>
            <name>lexical unit</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OmittedUnit</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OmittedUnit</IRI>
            <name>unit omitted</name>
            <name>omitted unit</name>
            <desc>added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
            <desc>*U* &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ unit ... This element marks the interpreted position of
                a unit symbol, such as $, # (British pounds), FFr (French francs), C$, US$, HK$, A$,
                M$, S$, and NZ$. It may also appear after % or even cents, when convenient. See
                section 11 [Modification of NP] for more details on the use of *U*. ... In general,
                *U* is placed where the word corresponding to the symbol would appear in the string
                if the text were read aloud. One notable exception is in certain hyphenated compound
                adjectives, such as a $5-a-share increase (spoken: &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;¼A five
                dollar a share increase&#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;½). Here, the bracketing will usually not
                reflect the spoken order, with *U* placed as the last element in the ADJP: (NP a
                (ADJP $ 5-a-share *U*) increase) Sometimes, this type may lack the *U* entirely.
                (Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SemanticUnit</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SemanticUnit</IRI>
            <name>unit semantic</name>
            <name>semantic unit</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#TemporallyDefinedUsage</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:TemporallyDefinedUsage</IRI>
            <name>usage defined temporally</name>
            <name>temporally defined usage</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ModernUsage</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ModernUsage</IRI>
            <name>usage modern</name>
            <name>modern usage</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1962 (modern)</desc>
            <desc> Currently in use. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1962) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf dating (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#OldUsage</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:OldUsage</IRI>
            <name>usage old</name>
            <name>old usage</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1961</desc>
            <desc> Used in the past. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1961) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf dating (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#CommonlyUsed</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:CommonlyUsed</IRI>
            <name>used commonly</name>
            <name>commonly used</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1984</desc>
            <desc> Said of a term that appears frequently. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1984) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InfrequentlyUsed</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InfrequentlyUsed</IRI>
            <name>used infrequently</name>
            <name>infrequently used</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1985</desc>
            <desc> Said of a term that does not appear frequently. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1985) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#RarelyUsed</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:RarelyUsed</IRI>
            <name>used rarely</name>
            <name>rarely used</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1986</desc>
            <desc> Said of a term that is almost never used. (ISO12620;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1986) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Utterance</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Utterance</IRI>
            <name>utterance</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1409</desc>
            <desc> Complete unit of talk, bounded by the speaker's silence.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnUtterance.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1409) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#GeographicalVariant</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:GeographicalVariant</IRI>
            <name>variant geographical</name>
            <name>geographical variant</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1851</desc>
            <desc> Description of a specific form used in a certain region as opposed to another
                form used in another region (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1851) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Verb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Verb</IRI>
            <name>verb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES top-level category "Verb" (V)</desc>
            <desc> A verb is a part of speech that usually denotes action ("bring", "read"),
                occurrence ("decompose", "glitter"), or a state of being ("exist", "stand").
                Depending on the language, a verb may vary in form according to many factors,
                possibly including its tense, aspect, mood and voice. It may also agree with the
                person, gender, and/or number of some of its arguments (subject, object, etc.).
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verb 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#AuxiliaryVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:AuxiliaryVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb auxiliary</name>
            <name>auxiliary verb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Verbs with Status="Auxiliary", http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1244</desc>
            <desc> An auxiliary verb is a verb which accompanies the lexical verb of a verb phrase,
                and expresses grammatical distinctions not carried by the lexical verb, such as
                person, number, tense aspect, and voice.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAuxiliaryVerb.htm
                19.09.06) Besides modal verbs ("semiauxiliary") and "strict" auxiliary verbs, also
                copulas are classified under auxiliary verbs here, as this is a praxis applied in
                practically every EAGLES-conformant morphosyntactic annotation scheme. Part of
                speech referring to the set of verbs, subordinate to the main lexical verb which
                help to make distinction in mood, aspect, voice etc. (Crystal 2003;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1244) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#StrictAuxiliaryVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:StrictAuxiliaryVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb auxiliary strict</name>
            <name>strict auxiliary verb</name>
            <desc> Definition in accordance with the SFB632 definition of "auxiliary verb" as
                non-copular and non-modal verb. In EAGLES, auxiliary verb also seems to be
                non-modal: In addition to main and auxiliary verbs, it may be useful (e.g. in
                English) to recognise an intermediate category of semi-auxiliary for such verbs as
                be going to, have got to, ought to.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1v 20.09.06) </desc>
            <desc> Non-modal, non-copular auxiliary verb. </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ConditionalVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ConditionalVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb conditional</name>
            <name>conditional verb</name>
            <desc> EAGLES finite verb with VerbForm="Conditional". </desc>
            <desc>TODO: reimplement with properties</desc>
            <desc> A conditional verb is a verb form in many languages. It is used to express
                degrees of certainty or uncertainty and hypothesis about past, present, or future.
                Such forms often occur in conditional sentences.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conditional_mood 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#FiniteVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:FiniteVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb finite</name>
            <name>finite verb</name>
            <desc> EAGLES Verb with Finiteness="Finite". </desc>
            <desc> A finite verb is a verb form that occurs in an independent clause, and is fully
                inflected according to the inflectional categories marked on verbs in the language.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAFiniteVerb.htm
                19.09.06) Property applied to a verb form that can occur on its own in an
                independent sentence. (Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1287) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonFiniteVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonFiniteVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb finite non</name>
            <name>non finite verb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES Verb with Finiteness="Non-finite".</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1332</desc>
            <desc> Verb forms occurring on their own only in dependent clauses and lacking tense and
                mood contrasts. (adapted from Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1332) A
                non-finite verb is a verb that is not fully inflected for categories that are marked
                inflectionally in a language, such as the following: Tense, Aspect, Modality,
                Number, Person.
                (http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsANonfiniteVerb.htm
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImperativeVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImperativeVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb imperative</name>
            <name>imperative verb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES FiniteVerb with VerbForm="Imperative"</desc>
            <desc> An imperative verb is used to express commands, direct requests, and
                prohibitions. Often, direct use of the imperative mood may appear blunt or even
                rude, so it is often used with care. Example: "Paul, read that book".
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_mood#Imperative_mood 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ImpersonalVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ImpersonalVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb impersonal</name>
            <name>impersonal verb</name>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306</desc>
            <desc> An impersonal verb is a verb that - occurs only in third person singular forms -
                has no specified agent , and - has a dummy subject or no subject.
                (www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnImpersonalVerb.htm;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306) </desc>
            <desc> (of a verb) having no logical subject. Usually in English the pronoun it is used
                in such cases as a grammatical subject, as for example in It is raining. (of a
                pronoun) not denoting a person
                (www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=impersonal;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#IndicativeVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:IndicativeVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb indicative</name>
            <name>indicative verb</name>
            <desc>EAGLES FiniteVerb with VerbForm="Indicative"</desc>
            <desc> Indicative mood is used in factual statements. All intentions in speaking that a
                particular language does not put into another mood use the indicative. It is the
                most commonly used mood and is found in all languages.
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_mood#Indicative_mood 19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#LightVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:LightVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb light</name>
            <name>light verb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#LightVerb, for Farsi</desc>
            <desc>In linguistics, a light verb is a verb participating in complex predication that
                has little semantic content of its own, but provides through inflection some details
                on the event semantics, such as aspect, mood, or tense. The semantics of the
                compound, as well as its argument structure, are determined by the head or primary
                component of the compound, which may be a verb or noun (V+V or V+N compounds). Other
                names for "light verb" include: vector verb or explicator verb, emphasising its role
                within the compound; or thin verb or semantically weak verb, emphasising (as with
                "light") its lack of semantics. A "semantically weak" verb is not to be confused
                with a "weak verb" as in the Germanic weak inflection. Light verbs are similar to
                auxiliary verbs in some ways. Most English light verbs occur in V+N forms sometimes
                called "stretched verbs": for example, take in take a nap, where the primary sense
                is provided by "nap", and "take" is the light verb. The light verbs most common in
                these constructions are also common in phrasal verbs. A verb which is "light" in one
                context may be "heavy" in another: as with "take" in I will take a book to read.
                Examples in other languages include the Yiddish geb in geb a helf (literally give a
                help, "help"); the French faire in faire semblant (lit. make seeming, "pretend");
                the Hindi nikal paRA (lit. leave fall, "start to leave"); and the bǎ construction in
                Chinese.[1] Some verbs are found in many such expressions; to reuse an earlier
                example, take is found in take a nap, take a shower, take a sip, take a bow, take
                turns, and so on. Light verbs are extremely common in Indo-Iranian languages,
                Japanese, and other languages in which verb compounding is a primary mechanism for
                marking aspectual distinctions. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Light_verb)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MainVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MainVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb main</name>
            <name>main verb</name>
            <desc>to be renamed to LexicalVerb ("main verb" can also mean "head of a finite
                clause")</desc>
            <desc>http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1400 (main verb)</desc>
            <desc> Main verb in contrast to a modal or an auxiliary.
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1400) verb which has its own semantics
                (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3004, plainVerb) </desc>
            <desc>subClassOf verb (dcif:isA)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ModalVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ModalVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb modal</name>
            <name>modal verb</name>
            <desc> Added for compatibility with the SFB632 annotation guidelines. May correspond to
                the (optional, French-only) EAGLES feature value "semiauxiliary".
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1329 </desc>
            <desc>TODO: rename to semiauxiliary, this seems to be a more language-independent
                term</desc>
            <desc> Verb form that is usually used with another verb to express ideas such as
                possibilities, permission, or intention. (Gil Francopoulo;
                http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1329) A modal verb (also modal, modal auxiliary
                verb, modal auxiliary) is a type of auxiliary verb that is used to indicate
                modality. The use of auxiliary verbs to express modality is characteristic of
                Germanic languages. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modal_verb 19.09.06) In addition
                to main and auxiliary verbs, it may be useful (e.g. in English) to recognise an
                intermediate category of semi-auxiliary for such verbs as be going to, have got to,
                ought to. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1v 20.09.06) The
                auxiliaries in English subdivide into the primary verbs `be', `have', and `do',
                which can also function as main verbs, and the modal auxiliaries such as `can',
                `will', and `would', which are uninflected, and always function as auxiliaries.
                (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/morphsyn/node158.html#SECTION00054800000000000000)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NominalizedVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NominalizedVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb nominalized</name>
            <name>nominalized verb</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withNominalProperites</desc>
            <desc> A non-finite embedded construction which contains features with nominal
                properties
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withNominalProperites,
                with reference to Dik 1997) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuotativeVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuotativeVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb quotative</name>
            <name>quotative verb</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Quotative, MTE VForm="quotative"
                (Estonian)</desc>
            <desc>A quotative is grammatical device to mark reported speech in some languages
                (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotative), e.g., in Estonian.&lt;br/&gt; ‘Reportedly,
                while he was going (in his boat), he turned over.’ Ta olevat oma paadiga ümber
                läinud He was_QUOTATIVE his_own boat_WITH over gone.&lt;br/&gt; (Estonian
                translation of an example given under
                http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuotativeEvidential.htm)
                (Heiki-Jaan Kaalep, email 2010/06/22)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SubjunctiveVerb</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SubjunctiveVerb</IRI>
            <name>verb subjunctive</name>
            <name>subjunctive verb</name>
            <desc> EAGLES finite verbs with VerbForm="Subjunctive". </desc>
            <desc>TODO: remodelling by properties</desc>
            <desc> A subjunctive verb is typically used to expresses wishes, commands (in
                subordinate clauses), emotion, possibility, judgment, necessity, and statements that
                are contrary to fact at present. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjunctive_mood
                19.09.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Verbal</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Verbal</IRI>
            <name>verbal</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Verbal</desc>
            <desc>In MULTEXT-East a characteristic of abbreviated verbs
                (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Verbal) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ActiveVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ActiveVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice active</name>
            <name>active voice</name>
            <desc>http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#activeVoice</desc>
            <desc> When the subject is the agent or actor of the verb, the verb is in the active
                voice. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_voice 17.11.06) Associated with
                transitivity, when the action is performed by an agent (subject) on another
                participant (object), or with intransitivity (McIntosh 1984:108). Refers to the
                category of underived verb forms associated with the basic diathesis:
                Diathesis=D0:(X=SUBabs/nom) (Y=DIROBacc) (Shibatani 1995:7)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Active) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice direct</name>
            <name>direct voice</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DirectVoice</desc>
            <desc> Signals that the action proceeds in an ontologically salient way, i.e. that
                salience is assigned to nominals based on their referent's relative real-world
                capacities to control situations. (Klaiman 1991:32)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DirectVoice) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#InverseVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:InverseVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice inverse</name>
            <name>inverse voice</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/InverseVoice</desc>
            <desc> Signals when actions proceed from ontologically less salient to more salient
                participants (Klaiman 1991:32) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/InverseVoice)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#NonpromotionalInverseVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:NonpromotionalInverseVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice inverse nonpromotional</name>
            <name>nonpromotional inverse voice</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonpromotionalInverse</desc>
            <desc> Involves demotion of the non-topical obviate-agent from subjecthood. (Givon
                1994:24) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonpromotionalInverse) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PragmaticInverseVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PragmaticInverseVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice inverse pragmatic</name>
            <name>pragmatic inverse voice</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PragmaticInverse</desc>
            <desc> If the agent is more topical than the patient, the direct-active clause is used.
                If norm is reversed and the patient is more topical, the inverse clause is used.
                (Givon 1994:23) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PragmaticInverse) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PromotionalInverseVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PromotionalInverseVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice inverse promotional</name>
            <name>promotional inverse voice</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PromotionalInverse </desc>
            <desc> Involves promotion of the topical proximate-patient to subjecthood. (Givon
                1994:24) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PromotionalInverse) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#SemanticInverseVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:SemanticInverseVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice inverse semantic</name>
            <name>semantic inverse voice</name>
            <desc>http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SemanticInverse</desc>
            <desc> If the agent outranks the patient on the relevant generic topic hierarchy, the
                direct-active clause is used. If the relevant norm is reversed and the patient
                outranks the agent on the relevant hierarchy, the inverse clause is used. (Givon
                1994:23) (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SemanticInverse) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#MiddleVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:MiddleVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice middle</name>
            <name>middle voice</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#PassiveVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:PassiveVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice passive</name>
            <name>passive voice</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReferentialVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReferentialVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice referential</name>
            <name>referential voice</name>
            <desc> http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReferentialVoice, classified as Antipassive here
                in analogy with ObliquePassive </desc>
            <desc> entails assignment of the absolutive to certain kinds of arguments other than the
                logical subjects (A) and objects (P), including the dative, benefactive,
                malefactive, and possessor. (Klaiman 1991:239)
                (http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReferentialVoice) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ReflexiveVoice</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ReflexiveVoice</IRI>
            <name>voice reflexive</name>
            <name>reflexive voice</name>
            <desc> http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#reflexiveVoice </desc>
            <desc> The reflexive voice is a grammatical voice in which the subject is both the agent
                and the patient or recipient.
                (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#reflexiveVoice)
            </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHCleft</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHCleft</IRI>
            <name>whcleft</name>
            <desc>PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)</desc>
            <desc>Wh-clefts are constructions in which a wh-clause functions as the subject of a
                sentence. A simple example is What matters is the price. Here, the wh-clause What
                matters is the subject, and is the price is the predicate. The internal structure of
                the subject is: (NP (SBAR (WHNP what) (S (NP T) (VP matters)))) (Santorini
                1991)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHDeterminer</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHDeterminer</IRI>
            <name>whdeterminer</name>
            <desc>TODO: This class is based on surface criteria of Indo-European languages. In other
                (and even IE) languages, relative pronouns are partly also derived from
                non-interrogatives, but rather from demonstratives, cf. English "that". Should be
                abandoned unless language-independent evidence for its existence is provided. </desc>
            <desc>EAGLES Determiner with Det.-Type="Int./Rel.".</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#WHPronoun</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:WHPronoun</IRI>
            <name>whpronoun</name>
            <desc>TODO: Check cross-linguistic validity of this class. This class is based on
                surface criteria of Indo-European languages. In other (and even IE) languages,
                relative pronouns are partly also derived from non-interrogatives, but rather from
                demonstratives, cf. English "that". Should be abandoned unless language-independent
                evidence for its existence is provided. </desc>
            <desc>EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Int./Rel.".</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#DirectWHQuestion</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:DirectWHQuestion</IRI>
            <name>whquestion direct</name>
            <name>direct whquestion</name>
            <desc>Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995</desc>
            <desc>SBARQ|Direct question introduced by a wh-word or wh-phrase. See Section 5.32.
                Indirect questions and relative clauses should be bracketed as SBAR, not SBARQ.
                (Santorini 1991) Wh-questions should be bracketed as SBARQ. The wh-constituent
                (whether it is a subject or not) is a child of SBARQ; the rest of the question is an
                SQ. If the wh-constituent is a subject or an object, the position where it is
                interpreted should be represented by the empty element T. (Santorini 1991) The SBARQ
                label marks wh-questions (i.e., those that contain a gap and therefore require a
                trace). A further level of structure, SQ, contains the inverted auxiliary (if there
                is one) and the rest of the sentence. The inverted auxiliary in wh-questions is not
                labeled. ... SBARQ &#x81;â&#x8f;&#x8f;´ Direct question introduced by a wh-word or
                wh-phrase. See section 1 [Overview of Basic Clause Structure]. Indirect questions
                and relative clauses should be bracketed as SBAR, not SBARQ. (Bies et al.
                1995)</desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#Weak</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:Weak</IRI>
            <name>weak</name>
            <desc>EAGLES</desc>
            <desc> Weak pronouns are helping pronouns many languages have for easily explaining the
                possessive status of something, to which something belongs. Many languages have
                different ways to express this. For example, English has distinctive words for all
                of these: "my", "mine". Germanic languages and Romance languages have the same, but
                inflect them for gender: (Spanish example) "mío", "mía", "míos" and "mías" ("mine",
                in the masculine singular, feminine singular, masculine plural, and feminine plural
                form, respectively). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weak_pronoun 20.11.06) </desc>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#QuestionWord</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:QuestionWord</IRI>
            <name>word question</name>
            <name>question word</name>
        </item>
        <item>
            <IRI>http://purl.org/olia/olia.owl#ing</IRI>
            <IRI>tag:textalign.net,2015:feature:ing</IRI>
            <name>ing</name>
            <desc> Introduced in accordance with EAGLES, where 'Ing' is suggested as a cover term
                for the Gerund-Participle-Merger in English. This is, however, a language-specific
                phenomenon and should instead be represented by multiple inheritance from OLiA
                Reference Model concepts. </desc>
            <desc>English verb forms ending in '-ing' that represent either Gerunds or
                Participles.</desc>
        </item>
    </body>
</TAN-key>